eye on the market – perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · nuestro artículo de perspectivas para...

47
The Hazmat Recovery. Como respuesta a la mayor pandemia de los últimos 50 años, en un país profundamente dividido por las medidas de confinamiento, las libertades individuales y los resultados electorales, la Reserva Federal y el Congreso de Estados Unidos han lanzado paquetes de estímulos sin precedentes, que irán seguidos de cargamentos de vacunas. Esto debería ser suficiente para impulsar una nueva subida de los mercados en 2021 a medida que la actividad económica se acelere y dado que las generaciones futuras serán quienes paguen la factura de los estímulos. Cuestión bien distinta es que éstos vayan a solucionar los demás problemas. Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China, Europa, mercados emergentes, los problemas antimonopolio de las compañías tecnológicas, el oro y la escasez de opciones para las carteras de renta fija. Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021

Upload: others

Post on 15-Aug-2021

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

The Hazmat Recovery. Como respuesta a la mayor pandemia de los últimos 50 años, en un país profundamente dividido por las medidas de confinamiento, las libertades individuales y los resultados electorales, la Reserva Federal y el Congreso de Estados Unidos han lanzado paquetes de estímulos sin precedentes, que irán seguidos de cargamentos de vacunas. Esto debería ser suficiente para impulsar una nueva subida de los mercados en 2021 a medida que la actividad económica se acelere y dado que las generaciones futuras serán quienes paguen la factura de los estímulos. Cuestión bien distinta es que éstos vayan a solucionar los demás problemas. Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China, Europa, mercados emergentes, los problemas antimonopolio de las compañías tecnológicas, el oro y la escasez de opciones para las carteras de renta fija.

Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021

Page 2: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

2020 ha sido un año como ningún otro —sin precedente en la historia. Intentemos que no se repita.

En este tiempo, mi compañero y Jefe de Estrategia de Inversión de J.P. Morgan Asset & Wealth Management, Michael Cembalest, nos ha ayudado a captar las señales importantes entre toda la incertidumbre.

Recuerdo lo descabellado que sonaba, en nuestra primera videoconferencia sobre el virus en marzo, cuando Michael afirmó que creía que el mundo habría vuelto a la normalidad en un 70%-80% en marzo de 2021. Puede que diera en el clavo. Esperamos seguir progresando a medida que continúe la recuperación. Las perspectivas de Michael nos ayudarán a pensar en el posicionamiento de nuestras carteras al entrar en este nuevo año.

Después del año que hemos tenido, quiero agradecerles especialmente su confianza en J.P. Morgan.

Feliz Año Nuevo,

MARY CALLAHAN ERDOESChief Executive Officer

J.P. Morgan Asset & Wealth Management

Page 3: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPECTIVAS 2021

RESUMEN EJECUTIVO

Page 4: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

3

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí RESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Perspectivas 2021: The Hazmat Recovery 11 de enero de 2021

Resumen Ejecutivo

Aunque, para algunos, 2020 ha sido el año del COVID y, para otros, el año de las elecciones estadounidenses más disputadas de las últimas décadas, para los inversores 2020 ha sido el año de los estímulos. La respuesta de los países desarrollados al coronavirus ha implicado estímulos monetarios y fiscales que eclipsan todo lo que habíamos visto hasta ahora, aplicados a un ritmo mucho más rápido, y que influyen en nuestras perspectivas de inversión para el 2021 y en adelante.

El COVID se ha propagado con fuerza en los países desarrollados, y la vacunación de poblaciones vulnerables podría tardar hasta abril o mayo en mitigar de forma permanente las tasas de hospitalización y de mortalidad1. El primer gráfico de la página siguiente muestra el estancamiento del consumo en Estados Unidos cuando empezó la ola de COVID de este otoño.

1 Vacunación. El Comité Asesor sobre Prácticas de Inmunización de Estados Unidos ha dado prioridad a los trabajadores sanitarios y a los residentes de residencias de ancianos en la primera fase (Fase 1a). Con los calendarios de producción de vacunas ya establecidos, todos los trabajadores sanitarios estadounidenses podrían estar inmunizados a finales de enero. La Fase 1b se dirigirá a los trabajadores esenciales (profesores, agricultores, policías y bomberos) y mayores de 75 años. La Fase 1c se dirigirá a personas entre 65 y 74 años y personas con patologías de alto riesgo. Las Fases 1a-1c podrían finalizarse antes del mes de junio.

En general, se proyecta que los países desarrollados tendrán una capacidad de vacunación entre 1,5 y 2 veces su población vulnerable (personas mayores de 60 años, trabajadores sanitarios y personas con comorbilidades graves) antes del segundo trimestre de 2021, y entre 0,5 y 0,7 veces su población total en la misma fecha. Vaya a la Sección 3 de nuestro portal web COVID si desea obtener más información.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

1 INVESTMENT PRODUCTS ARE: ● NOT FDIC INSURED ● NOT A DEPOSIT OR OTHER OBLIGATION OF,

OR GUARANTEED BY, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES ● SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT INVESTED

2021 Outlook: The Hazmat Recovery January 1, 2021

Executive Summary

While 2020 is defined by some as the year of COVID and by others as the year of the most hotly disputed US election in decades, for investors it was the year of mega-stimulus. The developed world response to the coronavirus involves monetary and fiscal stimulus that dwarfs anything seen before it, that was delivered much faster, and which influences our investment outlook for 2021 and beyond.

Winter will be difficult: the developed world is experiencing COVID-related spending declines, and vaccination of vulnerable and exposed populations may not mitigate infection and mortality rates until April1. The first chart on the next page shows the speed bump that the US hit when hospitalizations and mortality surged in the fall. Even so, by late summer we expect the global economy to be close to pre-COVID levels of activity. China is already booming again, and signals from the copper market point to stronger global growth in 2021.

1 The US Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices has prioritized healthcare and nursing home workers in Phase 1a as Pfizer and Moderna vaccines are rolled out. Given projected vaccine production schedules, that process could immunize most US healthcare workers by early January. Phase 1b targets essential workers (teachers, agriculture, police and fire) over the next 10 weeks, and Phase 1c targets the elderly with high risk medical conditions over 10 weeks as well. If so, Phases 1a-1c would be completed by June.

US

US

Europe

Europe Balance of Payments Crisis

Europe

UK

UK

JapanJapanUS Great

Depression

US WWII

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

4% 8% 12% 16% 20% 24% 28% 32%

Stimulus response to COVID sets a new barGovt. fiscal deficits: change vs pre-crisis level, % of GDP

Global Virus CrisisGlobal Financial

Crisis

100

105

110

115

120

125

130

Jan-2020 Jul-2020 Jan-2021 Jul-2021 Jan-2022

Faster growth in the money supply this time aroundM2 money supply + institutional money market fund balances, index

Global Coronavirus Crisis

Global Financial Crisis(Aug 2008-Sept 2010)

4042444648505254565860

Jan '20 Mar '20 May '20 Jul '20 Sep '20 Nov '20 Jan '21

ChinaUSEurozoneJapan

Regional manufacturing & services business surveys50+ = expansion

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

10,000

20,000

30,000

40,000

50,000

60,000

70,000

80,000

90,000

2003 2005 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021

Copper dynamics point to growth reboundSpot price, CNY/tonne Thousand tonnes

China copperinventories

China copper spot price

Executive Summary

Encuestas regionales de manufactura y servicios50+ =expansión

Fuente: Markit PMI. Diciembre de 2020. Los datos de diciembre son preliminares.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

1 INVESTMENT PRODUCTS ARE: ● NOT FDIC INSURED ● NOT A DEPOSIT OR OTHER OBLIGATION OF,

OR GUARANTEED BY, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES ● SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT INVESTED

2021 Outlook: The Hazmat Recovery January 1, 2021

Executive Summary

While 2020 is defined by some as the year of COVID and by others as the year of the most hotly disputed US election in decades, for investors it was the year of mega-stimulus. The developed world response to the coronavirus involves monetary and fiscal stimulus that dwarfs anything seen before it, that was delivered much faster, and which influences our investment outlook for 2021 and beyond.

1 Vaccinations. The US Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices has prioritized healthcare/nursing home workers and long term care residents in Phase 1a. Given projected vaccine production schedules, most US healthcare workers could be immunized by the end of January. Phase 1b targets essential workers (teachers, agriculture, police and fire) and people over age 75. Phase 1c targets those aged 65-74 and people with high risk medical conditions. Phases 1a-1c could be completed by June. More broadly, developed countries are projected to have vaccine capacity of 1.5x-2.0x their vulnerable populations (people > 60, medical workers and those with severe co-morbidities) by Q2 2021, and 0.5x to 0.7x their total populations by the same date. See Section 3 on our COVID web portal for more information.

US

US

Europe

Europe Balance of Payments Crisis

Europe

UK

UK

JapanJapanUS Great

Depression

US WWII

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

4% 8% 12% 16% 20% 24% 28% 32%

Stimulus response to COVID sets a new barFiscal stimulus, % of GDP

Monetary stimulus (Central Bank balance sheets), % of GDP

Global Virus CrisisGlobal Financial

Crisis

100

105

110

115

120

125

130

Jan-2020 Jul-2020 Jan-2021 Jul-2021 Jan-2022

Faster growth in the money supply this time aroundM2 money supply + institutional money market fund balances, index

Global Coronavirus Crisis

Global Financial Crisis(Aug 2008-Sept 2010)

4042444648505254565860

Jan '20 Mar '20 May '20 Jul '20 Sep '20 Nov '20 Jan '21

ChinaUSEurozoneJapan

Source: Markit PMI. December 2020. December data is preliminary.

Regional manufacturing & services business surveys50+ = expansion

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

0 50 100 150 200 250 300

ITA FRA US UK

COVID Hospitalizations

Source: COVID Tracking, ECDC, IMF, JPMAM. December 27, 2020.# of days after total reported cases reaches 100

Current hospitalizations per mm people, 7 day avg

Executive Summary

Crecimiento más rápido de la oferta monetaria en esta ocasiónOferta monetaria M2 + balances de fondos monetarios institucionales, índice

Fuente: Reserva Federal de Saint Louis, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 14 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

1 INVESTMENT PRODUCTS ARE: ● NOT FDIC INSURED ● NOT A DEPOSIT OR OTHER OBLIGATION OF,

OR GUARANTEED BY, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES ● SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT INVESTED

2021 Outlook: The Hazmat Recovery January 1, 2021

Executive Summary

While 2020 is defined by some as the year of COVID and by others as the year of the most hotly disputed US election in decades, for investors it was the year of mega-stimulus. The developed world response to the coronavirus involves monetary and fiscal stimulus that dwarfs anything seen before it, that was delivered much faster, and which influences our investment outlook for 2021 and beyond.

1 Vaccinations. The US Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices has prioritized healthcare/nursing home workers and long term care residents in Phase 1a. Given projected vaccine production schedules, most US healthcare workers could be immunized by the end of January. Phase 1b targets essential workers (teachers, agriculture, police and fire) and people over age 75. Phase 1c targets those aged 65-74 and people with high risk medical conditions. Phases 1a-1c could be completed by June. More broadly, developed countries are projected to have vaccine capacity of 1.5x-2.0x their vulnerable populations (people > 60, medical workers and those with severe co-morbidities) by Q2 2021, and 0.5x to 0.7x their total populations by the same date. See Section 3 on our COVID web portal for more information.

US

US

Europe

Europe Balance of Payments Crisis

Europe

UK

UK

JapanJapanUS Great

Depression

US WWII

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

4% 8% 12% 16% 20% 24% 28% 32%

Stimulus response to COVID sets a new barFiscal stimulus, % of GDP

Monetary stimulus (Central Bank balance sheets), % of GDP

Global Virus CrisisGlobal Financial

Crisis

100

105

110

115

120

125

130

Jan-2020 Jul-2020 Jan-2021 Jul-2021 Jan-2022

Faster growth in the money supply this time aroundM2 money supply + institutional money market fund balances, index

Global Coronavirus Crisis

Global Financial Crisis(Aug 2008-Sept 2010)

4042444648505254565860

Jan '20 Mar '20 May '20 Jul '20 Sep '20 Nov '20 Jan '21

ChinaUSEurozoneJapan

Source: Markit PMI. December 2020. December data is preliminary.

Regional manufacturing & services business surveys50+ = expansion

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

0 50 100 150 200 250 300

ITA FRA US UK

COVID Hospitalizations

Source: COVID Tracking, ECDC, IMF, JPMAM. December 27, 2020.# of days after total reported cases reaches 100

Current hospitalizations per mm people, 7 day avg

Executive Summary

Hospitalizaciones por COVIDHospitalizaciones por millón de personas, media a 7 días

Fuente: COVID Tracking, ECDC, FMI, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 27 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

1 INVESTMENT PRODUCTS ARE: ● NOT FDIC INSURED ● NOT A DEPOSIT OR OTHER OBLIGATION OF,

OR GUARANTEED BY, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES ● SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT INVESTED

2021 Outlook: The Hazmat Recovery January 1, 2021

Executive Summary

While 2020 is defined by some as the year of COVID and by others as the year of the most hotly disputed US election in decades, for investors it was the year of mega-stimulus. The developed world response to the coronavirus involves monetary and fiscal stimulus that dwarfs anything seen before it, that was delivered much faster, and which influences our investment outlook for 2021 and beyond.

1 Vaccinations. The US Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices has prioritized healthcare/nursing home workers and long term care residents in Phase 1a. Given projected vaccine production schedules, most US healthcare workers could be immunized by the end of January. Phase 1b targets essential workers (teachers, agriculture, police and fire) and people over age 75. Phase 1c targets those aged 65-74 and people with high risk medical conditions. Phases 1a-1c could be completed by June. More broadly, developed countries are projected to have vaccine capacity of 1.5x-2.0x their vulnerable populations (people > 60, medical workers and those with severe co-morbidities) by Q2 2021, and 0.5x to 0.7x their total populations by the same date. See Section 3 on our COVID web portal for more information.

US

US

Europe

Europe Balance of Payments Crisis

Europe

UK

UK

JapanJapanUS Great

Depression

US WWII

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

4% 8% 12% 16% 20% 24% 28% 32%

Stimulus response to COVID sets a new barFiscal stimulus, % of GDP

Monetary stimulus (Central Bank balance sheets), % of GDP

Global Virus CrisisGlobal Financial

Crisis

100

105

110

115

120

125

130

Jan-2020 Jul-2020 Jan-2021 Jul-2021 Jan-2022

Faster growth in the money supply this time aroundM2 money supply + institutional money market fund balances, index

Global Coronavirus Crisis

Global Financial Crisis(Aug 2008-Sept 2010)

4042444648505254565860

Jan '20 Mar '20 May '20 Jul '20 Sep '20 Nov '20 Jan '21

ChinaUSEurozoneJapan

Source: Markit PMI. December 2020. December data is preliminary.

Regional manufacturing & services business surveys50+ = expansion

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

0 50 100 150 200 250 300

ITA FRA US UK

COVID Hospitalizations

Source: COVID Tracking, ECDC, IMF, JPMAM. December 27, 2020.# of days after total reported cases reaches 100

Current hospitalizations per mm people, 7 day avg

Executive Summary

Los estímulos en respuesta al COVID no tienen precedentesEstímulos fiscales, % del PIB

Fuente: Bancos centrales, Oficina de Gestión y Presupuesto, Reserva Federal de Saint Louis, J.P. Morgan Global Economic Research, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Diciembre de 2020.

Estímulos monetarios (balances de bancos centrales), % del PIB

Page 5: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

4

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíRESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Aun así, siguiendo los calendarios de vacunación, esperamos que a finales del verano de 2021 la economía global se acerque a los niveles de actividad pre-COVID. China ya está en pleno boom, y el mercado del cobre está lanzando señales que apuntan a un fortalecimiento del crecimiento global en 2021.

Un shock provocado por una pandemia es distinto de una recesión tradicional. Los ciclos de las pandemias (y de los desastres naturales) suelen ser más rápidos: vean los ejemplos del empleo, la producción, el gasto de consumidores y el capex en los gráficos siguientes. A medida que continúen las recuperaciones en todo el mundo y en Estados Unidos en 2021, esperamos que el desempleo estadounidense acabe el año 2021 cerca del 5%. El tercer gráfico resalta el muy distinto efecto de los confinamientos provocados por la pandemia en los mercados de trabajo: aunque en 2020 hubo un fuerte aumento del número de desempleados, no subió el número de solicitantes por cada oferta de empleo (es decir, la mayoría de los desempleados esperan volver a sus empleos anteriores).

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

2

When looking at a longer time frame, it’s evident that pandemic shocks are different from traditional recessions. Pandemics and natural disaster cycles are generally faster: see the employment, production, consumer spending and capital spending examples below. As the global and US recoveries continue in 2021, we expect US unemployment to end 2021 at around 5%.

-60%

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

7-Mar 26-Apr 15-Jun 4-Aug 23-Sep 12-Nov

All spending, all transactions

All spending, card present transactions

Spending speed bump 2021 YE

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

2006 2008 2011 2014 2016 2019 2022

Unemployment rate (LHS)

Unemployed persons per jobopening (RHS)

Unemployment and job openingsPercent Ratio

Source: BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Unemployed people per job openingJob seekers per job opening

Source: BLS, GS. November 2020.

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

115

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Total industrial productionManufacturing

Source: Federal Reserve Board. November 2020.

US industrial productionIndex, 2012 = 100

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Capital spending expectationsNet % of companies planning to increase capex

Source: Federal Reserve Bank, JPMAM. November 2020.

150

160

170

180

190

200

210

220

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Real retail sales1982-1984 US$, billions

Executive Summary

Tendencias de gasto de tarjetas de crédito y de débito a nivel nacionalCambios en el gasto 2020 vs. 2019, a siete días

Fuente: Datos internos de Chase, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 13 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

2

When looking at a longer time frame, it’s evident that pandemic shocks are different from traditional recessions. Pandemics and natural disaster cycles are generally faster: see the employment, production, consumer spending and capital spending examples below. As the global and US recoveries continue in 2021, we expect US unemployment to end 2021 at around 5%.

-60%

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

7-Mar 26-Apr 15-Jun 4-Aug 23-Sep 12-Nov

All spending, all transactions

All spending, card present transactions

Spending speed bump 2021 YE

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

2006 2008 2011 2014 2016 2019 2022

Unemployment rate (LHS)

Unemployed persons per jobopening (RHS)

Unemployment and job openingsPercent Ratio

Source: BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Unemployed people per job openingJob seekers per job opening

Source: BLS, GS. November 2020.

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

115

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Total industrial productionManufacturing

Source: Federal Reserve Board. November 2020.

US industrial productionIndex, 2012 = 100

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Capital spending expectationsNet % of companies planning to increase capex

Source: Federal Reserve Bank, JPMAM. November 2020.

150

160

170

180

190

200

210

220

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Real retail sales1982-1984 US$, billions

Executive Summary

La diferencia clave en el mercado de trabajo, 2009 frente a 2020Ratio

Fuente: Oficina de Estadísticas Laborales, Goldman Sachs. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

2

When looking at a longer time frame, it’s evident that pandemic shocks are different from traditional recessions. Pandemics and natural disaster cycles are generally faster: see the employment, production, consumer spending and capital spending examples below. As the global and US recoveries continue in 2021, we expect US unemployment to end 2021 at around 5%.

-60%

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

7-Mar 26-Apr 15-Jun 4-Aug 23-Sep 12-Nov

All spending, all transactions

All spending, card present transactions

Spending speed bump 2021 YE

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

2006 2008 2011 2014 2016 2019 2022

Unemployment rate (LHS)

Unemployed persons per jobopening (RHS)

Unemployment and job openingsPercent Ratio

Source: BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Unemployed people per job openingJob seekers per job opening

Source: BLS, GS. November 2020.

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

115

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Total industrial productionManufacturing

Source: Federal Reserve Board. November 2020.

US industrial productionIndex, 2012 = 100

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Capital spending expectationsNet % of companies planning to increase capex

Source: Federal Reserve Bank, JPMAM. November 2020.

150

160

170

180

190

200

210

220

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Real retail sales1982-1984 US$, billions

Executive Summary

Producción industrial estadounidenseÍndice, 2012=100

Fuente: Junta de la Reserva Federal. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

2

When looking at a longer time frame, it’s evident that pandemic shocks are different from traditional recessions. Pandemics and natural disaster cycles are generally faster: see the employment, production, consumer spending and capital spending examples below. As the global and US recoveries continue in 2021, we expect US unemployment to end 2021 at around 5%.

-60%

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

7-Mar 26-Apr 15-Jun 4-Aug 23-Sep 12-Nov

All spending, all transactions

All spending, card present transactions

Spending speed bump 2021 YE

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

2006 2008 2011 2014 2016 2019 2022

Unemployment rate (LHS)

Unemployed persons per jobopening (RHS)

Unemployment and job openingsPercent Ratio

Source: BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Unemployed people per job openingJob seekers per job opening

Source: BLS, GS. November 2020.

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

115

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Total industrial productionManufacturing

Source: Federal Reserve Board. November 2020.

US industrial productionIndex, 2012 = 100

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Capital spending expectationsNet % of companies planning to increase capex

Source: Federal Reserve Bank, JPMAM. November 2020.

150

160

170

180

190

200

210

220

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Real retail sales1982-1984 US$, billions

Executive Summary

Desempleo y ofertas de empleoPorcentaje Ratio

Fuente: Oficina de Estadísticas Laborales, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Noviembre de 2020.

Page 6: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

5

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí RESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Las ajustadas condiciones de los inventarios deberían contribuir al crecimiento antes de mediados de año, por la necesidad de llevar a cabo contrataciones e inversiones de capital para cubrir la demanda; los retrasos en las entregas de proveedores también confirman esta tendencia general. Es necesario señalar que, a pesar de los cierres de empresas por causa del COVID, en muchos sectores se ha observado una fuerte subida de solicitudes de alta de nuevas empresas.

Aun así, debe quedar claro que se ha producido una caída catastrófica del empleo en los sectores más afectados por el COVID. Para entender la magnitud de las pérdidas de empleo en el sector de ocio y restauración, consideren este dato: en las últimas recesiones, la caída máxima del empleo fue del 4%-6%; ésta es la cifra de caída actual del empleo en los sectores mejor posicionados de la economía estadounidense. Es decir, la caída del empleo en el sector de ocio y restauración en la actualidad, del 20%, es catastrófica.

No obstante, los estímulos fiscales permitieron una recuperación del gasto de los grupos con rentas más bajas hasta niveles pre-COVID en junio. Observen los gráficos de la página siguiente: en ellos puede verse el impacto de los estímulos en el consumo de las familias desempleadas. ¿Cuál es la situación respecto al pago de las hipotecas? La verdad está en algún lugar entre el dato de morosidad de la Reserva Federal (que asume que las personas a quienes se les ha otorgado un aplazamiento del pago de la hipoteca se pondrán al día cuando terminen estos planes), y la medida de la Asociación de Bancos Hipotecarios estadounidenses (que asume que los deudores a quienes se les ha concedido un aplazamiento no pueden pagar). Teniendo en cuenta que los saldos impagados se añadirán a la cuota final, creo que el dato “correcto” está más cerca del dato más bajo de la Reserva Federal.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

3

Tight inventory conditions should help growth by mid-year given the need for hiring and capital spending to meet demand; elevated supplier delivery delays also confirm this general trend. Note that despite business closures due to COVID, there was a spike in new business applications across a wide range of industries.

To be clear, there has been a catastrophic employment decline in COVID-affected sectors. To get a sense for how bad leisure & hospitality job losses are, consider this: the peak decline in unemployment in the last few recessions was 4%-6%; and that’s how much employment is still down in the better-positioned sectors of the US economy. In context, the current 20% decline in leisure & hospitality employment is catastrophic.

However, fiscal stimulus allowed spending for the lowest income cohorts to recover to pre-COVID levels by June of last year (first 2 charts, next page). You can see the impact of stimulus bills on spending of unemployed families. How are households doing on mortgage payments? The truth lies in between the Fed delinquency measure (assumes that people on forbearance will be current when plans end) and the MBA measure (assumes that people on forbearance are in default). Since unpaid balances will be shifted to balloon payments at the end of the mortgage, I believe the “right” delinquency measure is closer to the lower Fed version.

-8%

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

2000 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020Source: National Federation of Independent Business. November 2020.

60%

80%

100%

120%

140%

160%

180%

200%

220%

1/1 2/20 4/10 5/30 7/19 9/7 10/27 12/16

Source: US Census Bureau. December 12, 2020.

New business applications with the IRS% of 2019 level, weekly data

Mining

Construction

Manufacturing

Wholesale trade

Retail trade

Transportation & warehousing

Information services

Finance & real estate

Professional & business services

Education & health services

Leisure & hospitality

Other

-25%

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

$400 $600 $800 $1,000 $1,200 $1,400 $1,600

Bubble size = share of employed population

Change in private sector employment vs average weekly earnings by industryChange in employment, y/y

Source: BLS. November 2020.Average weekly earnings

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Hun

dred

s

Rate

Mortgage Bankers Association

delinquency rate

Fed delinquency rate

Executive Summary

Inventarios ajustados en las empresas% de empresas con inventarios demasiado bajos -demasiado altos, media a tres meses

Fuente: Federación Nacional de Empresas Independientes. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

3

Tight inventory conditions should help growth by mid-year given the need for hiring and capital spending to meet demand; elevated supplier delivery delays also confirm this general trend. Note that despite business closures due to COVID, there was a spike in new business applications across a wide range of industries.

To be clear, there has been a catastrophic employment decline in COVID-affected sectors. To get a sense for how bad leisure & hospitality job losses are, consider this: the peak decline in employment in the last few recessions was 4%-6%; and that’s how much employment is still down in the better-positioned sectors of the US economy. So, the current 20% decline in leisure & hospitality employment is catastrophic.

However, fiscal stimulus allowed spending for the lowest income cohorts to recover to pre-COVID levels by June of last year. See the first 2 charts on the next page; you can see the impact of stimulus bills on spending of unemployed families. How are households doing on mortgage payments? The truth lies in between the Fed delinquency measure (assumes that people on forbearance will be current when plans end) and the MBA measure (assumes that people on forbearance are in default). Since unpaid balances will be shifted to balloon payments at the end of the mortgage, I believe the “right” measure is closer to the lower Fed estimate.

-8%

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

2000 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

Business inventory tightening% businesses reporting inventories too low - too high, 3-month avg

Source: National Federation of Independent Business. November 2020.

60%

80%

100%

120%

140%

160%

180%

200%

220%

1/1 2/20 4/10 5/30 7/19 9/7 10/27 12/16

New business applications filed with the IRS in 2020% of 2019 level, weekly data

Mining

Construction

Manufacturing

Wholesale trade

Retail trade

Transportation & warehousing

Information services

Finance & real estate

Professional & business services

Education & health services

Leisure & hospitality

Other

-25%

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

$400 $600 $800 $1,000 $1,200 $1,400 $1,600

Bubble size = share of employed population

Change in private sector employment vs average weekly earnings by industryChange in employment, y/y

Source: BLS. November 2020.Average weekly earnings

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Hun

dred

s

Mortgage delinquency rates depend on treatment of forbearance plans, Delinquency rate

Source: Bloomberg. Q3 2020.

Mortgage Bankers Association

delinquency rate

Fed delinquency rate

Executive Summary

Altas de nuevas empresas en el IRS en 2020% de nivel de 2019, datos semanales

Fuente: Oficina del Censo de Estados Unidos. 19 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

2

When looking at a longer time frame, it’s evident that pandemic shocks are different from traditional recessions. Pandemics and natural disaster cycles are generally faster: see the employment, production, consumer spending and capital spending examples below. As the global and US recoveries continue in 2021, we expect US unemployment to end 2021 at around 5%.

-60%

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

7-Mar 26-Apr 15-Jun 4-Aug 23-Sep 12-Nov

All spending, all transactions

All spending, card present transactions

Spending speed bump 2021 YE

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

2006 2008 2011 2014 2016 2019 2022

Unemployment rate (LHS)

Unemployed persons per jobopening (RHS)

Unemployment and job openingsPercent Ratio

Source: BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Unemployed people per job openingJob seekers per job opening

Source: BLS, GS. November 2020.

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

115

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Total industrial productionManufacturing

Source: Federal Reserve Board. November 2020.

US industrial productionIndex, 2012 = 100

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Capital spending expectationsNet % of companies planning to increase capex

Source: Federal Reserve Bank, JPMAM. November 2020.

150

160

170

180

190

200

210

220

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Real retail sales1982-1984 US$, billions

Executive Summary

Expectativas de capex% neto de compañías que planean aumentar el CAPEX

Fuente: Banco de la Reserva Federal, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

2

When looking at a longer time frame, it’s evident that pandemic shocks are different from traditional recessions. Pandemics and natural disaster cycles are generally faster: see the employment, production, consumer spending and capital spending examples below. As the global and US recoveries continue in 2021, we expect US unemployment to end 2021 at around 5%.

-60%

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

7-Mar 26-Apr 15-Jun 4-Aug 23-Sep 12-Nov

All spending, all transactions

All spending, card present transactions

Spending speed bump 2021 YE

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

2006 2008 2011 2014 2016 2019 2022

Unemployment rate (LHS)

Unemployed persons per jobopening (RHS)

Unemployment and job openingsPercent Ratio

Source: BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Unemployed people per job openingJob seekers per job opening

Source: BLS, GS. November 2020.

80

85

90

95

100

105

110

115

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Total industrial productionManufacturing

Source: Federal Reserve Board. November 2020.

US industrial productionIndex, 2012 = 100

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Capital spending expectationsNet % of companies planning to increase capex

Source: Federal Reserve Bank, JPMAM. November 2020.

150

160

170

180

190

200

210

220

2006 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Real retail sales1982-1984 US$, billions

Executive Summary

Cifra real de ventas minoristasMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses de 1982-1984

Fuente: Oficina de Estadísticas Laborales. Noviembre de 2020.

Page 7: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

6

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíRESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Un último comentario sobre el empleo: Debido a las medidas de confinamiento, los gobiernos locales y estatales de Estados Unidos han sufrido importantes déficits de ingresos, que probablemente frenen el crecimiento en los próximos años, al igual que sucedió hace una década, tras la crisis financiera mundial. El déficit fiscal estatal y local (sin contar la financiación de la Ley CARES) se acerca a 170.000 millones de dólares; es inferior al déficit de 250.000 millones de dólares proyectado inicialmente, pero sigue siendo significativo. Obligará a recortar el gasto, posiblemente mediante un recorte del empleo a nivel municipal (que representa el 10%-12% de todo el empleo en Estados Unidos) y de las aportaciones a los planes de pensiones de trabajadores jubilados, cuya financiación ya es insuficiente. Realizaremos un análisis estado por estado más adelante en 2021.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

4

$1,200 one-time stimulus payment and weekly $600 unemployment insurance benefits begin$600 weekly payments stop$300 payments from executive order begin

1

23

The debt explosion. If you landed in the US or Europe in a time capsule launched 20 years ago, you might expect governments to be trying to rein in fiscal deficits. After all, US debt levels are projected to hit WWII peaks by the end of 2021. The projected 2020 US fiscal deficit is 16% of GDP, the largest deficit since 1945; and the deficit in 2021 is projected to be 8.6% of GDP (between 1946 and 2019, the deficit has only been larger twice).

However, fiscal conservatism has taken a hit over the last decade with growing support for perpetual central bank financing of deficits, particularly at a time of low inflation. We don’t know the result of Georgia Senate runoff elections and thus who controls the Senate, but we do know this: Biden’s tax and spending proposals entail $3 trillion in taxes and $8 trillion in spending, which would drive the US federal debt to even higher levels. See page 32 for more information on what looks like a permanent increase in the US federal debt.

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

<$30k$30-50k$50-100k>$100k

Source: Internal Chase data, JPMAM. November 13, 2020.

1

23

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

Received UI benefits

No UI benefits

Source: Internal Chase data, JPMAM. November 14, 2020.

2021E2020E

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Gross federal debt held by the public % of US GDP

Current policy

+ Biden

Current policy

+ Biden

15%

17%

19%

21%

23%

25%

27%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040

Spending % of GDPRevenue % of GDP

Biden agenda would propel tax revenues and gov’t spending to post-war highs, % of GDP, trailing 10 years

Executive Summary

Tendencias nacionales de gasto por nivel de rentaCambio porcentual desde nivel de enero de 2020, media a siete días

Fuente: Datos internos de Chase, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 13 de noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTL OOK • MI CH AEL CEM BAL EST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

4

The Debt Explosion

US debt levels are projected to hit WWII peaks by the end of 2021. The projected 2020 US fiscal deficit is 16% of GDP, the largest deficit since 1945; and the deficit in 2021 is projected at 8.6% of GDP (between 1946 and 2019, the deficit has only been larger twice). Biden’s tax and spending proposals entail $3 trillion in taxes and $8 trillion in spending, which would drive the US federal debt to even higher levels. See page 32 for more information on what looks like a permanent increase in the US federal debt. These increases are of course contingent on political developments we discuss on the next page.

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

<$30k$30-50k$50-100k>$100k

National spending trends by income% change from January 2020 level, 7-day average

Source: Internal Chase data, JPMAM. November 13, 2020.

1

23

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

Received UI benefits

No UI benefits

1 $1,200 one-time stimulus payment and weekly $600 unemployment insurance benefits begin

2 $600 weekly payments stop

3 $300 payments from executive orderbegin

90

95

100

105

110

115

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Private sector employment

State & Local employment

2021E2020E

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Source: Congressional Budget Office. September 2020.

Gross federal debt held by the public % of US GDP

Currentpolicy

+ Biden

Current policy

+ Biden

15%

17%

19%

21%

23%

25%

27%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040

Spending % of GDPRevenue % of GDP

Biden agenda would propel tax revenues and gov’t spending to post-war highs, % of GDP, trailing 10 years

Source: OMB, CBO, Cornerstone Macro Research, JPMAM. September 2020.

One last comment on employment: US state & local governments suffered large revenue shortfalls due to lockdowns. They are likely to be a drag on growth in the years ahead, as they were a decade ago after the Global Financial Crisis. The state/local fiscal gap (net of CARES Act funding) is ~$170 bn; smaller than the originally projected $250 bn gap, but still significant. Possible spending cuts: municipal employment levels (which are 10-12% of total US employment), and contributions to pension and retiree healthcare plans which are already underfunded. We will take a look on a state by state basis later in 2021.

Executive Summary Tendencias nacionales de gasto basado en prestaciones por desempleoCambio porcentual desde nivel de enero de 2020, media a siete días

Fuente: Datos internos de Chase, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 14 de noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTL OOK • MI CH AEL CEM BAL EST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

4

The Debt Explosion

US debt levels are projected to hit WWII peaks by the end of 2021. The projected 2020 US fiscal deficit is 16% of GDP, the largest deficit since 1945; and the deficit in 2021 is projected at 8.6% of GDP (between 1946 and 2019, the deficit has only been larger twice). Biden’s tax and spending proposals entail $3 trillion in taxes and $8 trillion in spending, which would drive the US federal debt to even higher levels. See page 32 for more information on what looks like a permanent increase in the US federal debt. These increases are of course contingent on political developments we discuss on the next page.

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

<$30k$30-50k$50-100k>$100k

National spending trends by income% change from January 2020 level, 7-day average

Source: Internal Chase data, JPMAM. November 13, 2020.

1

23

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

Received UI benefits

No UI benefits

1 $1,200 one-time stimulus payment and weekly $600 unemployment insurance benefits begin

2 $600 weekly payments stop

3 $300 payments from executive orderbegin

90

95

100

105

110

115

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Private sector employment

State & Local employment

2021E2020E

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Source: Congressional Budget Office. September 2020.

Gross federal debt held by the public % of US GDP

Currentpolicy

+ Biden

Current policy

+ Biden

15%

17%

19%

21%

23%

25%

27%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040

Spending % of GDPRevenue % of GDP

Biden agenda would propel tax revenues and gov’t spending to post-war highs, % of GDP, trailing 10 years

Source: OMB, CBO, Cornerstone Macro Research, JPMAM. September 2020.

One last comment on employment: US state & local governments suffered large revenue shortfalls due to lockdowns. They are likely to be a drag on growth in the years ahead, as they were a decade ago after the Global Financial Crisis. The state/local fiscal gap (net of CARES Act funding) is ~$170 bn; smaller than the originally projected $250 bn gap, but still significant. Possible spending cuts: municipal employment levels (which are 10-12% of total US employment), and contributions to pension and retiree healthcare plans which are already underfunded. We will take a look on a state by state basis later in 2021.

Executive Summary

Empleo municipal y estatal: freno al crecimiento futuroÍndice, enero de 2006 = 100

Fuente: Reserva Federal. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

3

Tight inventory conditions should help growth by mid-year given the need for hiring and capital spending to meet demand; elevated supplier delivery delays also confirm this general trend. Note that despite business closures due to COVID, there was a spike in new business applications across a wide range of industries.

To be clear, there has been a catastrophic employment decline in COVID-affected sectors. To get a sense for how bad leisure & hospitality job losses are, consider this: the peak decline in unemployment in the last few recessions was 4%-6%; and that’s how much employment is still down in the better-positioned sectors of the US economy. In context, the current 20% decline in leisure & hospitality employment is catastrophic.

However, fiscal stimulus allowed spending for the lowest income cohorts to recover to pre-COVID levels by June of last year (first 2 charts, next page). You can see the impact of stimulus bills on spending of unemployed families. How are households doing on mortgage payments? The truth lies in between the Fed delinquency measure (assumes that people on forbearance will be current when plans end) and the MBA measure (assumes that people on forbearance are in default). Since unpaid balances will be shifted to balloon payments at the end of the mortgage, I believe the “right” delinquency measure is closer to the lower Fed version.

-8%

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

2000 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020Source: National Federation of Independent Business. November 2020.

60%

80%

100%

120%

140%

160%

180%

200%

220%

1/1 2/20 4/10 5/30 7/19 9/7 10/27 12/16

Source: US Census Bureau. December 12, 2020.

New business applications with the IRS% of 2019 level, weekly data

Mining

Construction

Manufacturing

Wholesale trade

Retail trade

Transportation & warehousing

Information services

Finance & real estate

Professional & business services

Education & health services

Leisure & hospitality

Other

-25%

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

$400 $600 $800 $1,000 $1,200 $1,400 $1,600

Bubble size = share of employed population

Change in private sector employment vs average weekly earnings by industryChange in employment, y/y

Source: BLS. November 2020.Average weekly earnings

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Hun

dred

s

Rate

Mortgage Bankers Association

delinquency rate

Fed delinquency rate

Executive Summary

Cambios en el empleo del sector privado frente al salario medio semanal por sectorCambios en el empleo, interanual

Fuente Oficina de Estadísticas Laborales. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

3

Tight inventory conditions should help growth by mid-year given the need for hiring and capital spending to meet demand; elevated supplier delivery delays also confirm this general trend. Note that despite business closures due to COVID, there was a spike in new business applications across a wide range of industries.

To be clear, there has been a catastrophic employment decline in COVID-affected sectors. To get a sense for how bad leisure & hospitality job losses are, consider this: the peak decline in unemployment in the last few recessions was 4%-6%; and that’s how much employment is still down in the better-positioned sectors of the US economy. In context, the current 20% decline in leisure & hospitality employment is catastrophic.

However, fiscal stimulus allowed spending for the lowest income cohorts to recover to pre-COVID levels by June of last year (first 2 charts, next page). You can see the impact of stimulus bills on spending of unemployed families. How are households doing on mortgage payments? The truth lies in between the Fed delinquency measure (assumes that people on forbearance will be current when plans end) and the MBA measure (assumes that people on forbearance are in default). Since unpaid balances will be shifted to balloon payments at the end of the mortgage, I believe the “right” delinquency measure is closer to the lower Fed version.

-8%

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

2000 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020Source: National Federation of Independent Business. November 2020.

60%

80%

100%

120%

140%

160%

180%

200%

220%

1/1 2/20 4/10 5/30 7/19 9/7 10/27 12/16

Source: US Census Bureau. December 12, 2020.

New business applications with the IRS% of 2019 level, weekly data

Mining

Construction

Manufacturing

Wholesale trade

Retail trade

Transportation & warehousing

Information services

Finance & real estate

Professional & business services

Education & health services

Leisure & hospitality

Other

-25%

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

$400 $600 $800 $1,000 $1,200 $1,400 $1,600

Bubble size = share of employed population

Change in private sector employment vs average weekly earnings by industryChange in employment, y/y

Source: BLS. November 2020.Average weekly earnings

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Hun

dred

s

Rate

Mortgage Bankers Association

delinquency rate

Fed delinquency rate

Executive Summary

Las tasas de morosidad hipotecaria dependen del tratamiento de los aplazamientos de pago, tasa de morosidad

Fuente: Bloomberg. Tercer trimestre de 2020.

Page 8: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

7

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí RESUMEN E JECUTIVO

La explosión de la deuda federal

Se espera que a finales de 2021 los niveles de deuda de Estados Unidos alcancen los niveles máximos de la Segunda Guerra Mundial. El déficit fiscal proyectado para 2020 es del 16% del PIB, la cifra más alta desde 1945. En julio de 2020, la Oficina Presupuestaria del Congreso proyectó que en 2021 el déficit ascendería al 8,6% (entre 1946 y 2019, sólo ha superado esta cifra dos veces). Las previsiones de déficit actualizadas para 2021 exigen realizar presunciones sobre el crecimiento, la última ley de estímulos y la interacción entre ambos; nuestra sensación es que el déficit superará el 10% del PIB en 2021. Además de estos déficits, las propuestas fiscales y de gasto de Joe Biden implican recaudar 3 billones de dólares más en impuestos, e incrementar en 8 billones de dólares el gasto en la próxima década, lo que llevaría a la deuda pública a niveles aún más altos. Vea el segundo gráfico y la página 42 si desea más información sobre lo que parece un incremento permanente de la deuda federal de Estados Unidos. Por supuesto, estos incrementos dependerán de los acontecimientos políticos que comentamos en la página siguiente.

Uno de los elementos más importantes para los inversores de los planes de Biden son los cambios en la fiscalidad aplicable a las empresas. Los inversores prestan mucha atención a los impuestos corporativos; su caída desde los años 80 ha sido uno de los principales motores del incremento de los márgenes de beneficio de las compañías del S&P 500. El plan de Biden no sólo sube los tipos del impuesto de sociedades; también incluye una ampliación de la base imponible del mismo y una amplia variedad de impuestos para sectores específicos. En términos generales, las propuestas de subida de impuestos a las empresas recaudarían 2,2 billones de dólares, en comparación con las bajadas de impuestos de la ley de Trump de 2017, de 740.000 millones de dólares.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

4

$1,200 one-time stimulus payment and weekly $600 unemployment insurance benefits begin$600 weekly payments stop$300 payments from executive order begin

1

23

The debt explosion. If you landed in the US or Europe in a time capsule launched 20 years ago, you might expect governments to be trying to rein in fiscal deficits. After all, US debt levels are projected to hit WWII peaks by the end of 2021. The projected 2020 US fiscal deficit is 16% of GDP, the largest deficit since 1945; and the deficit in 2021 is projected to be 8.6% of GDP (between 1946 and 2019, the deficit has only been larger twice).

However, fiscal conservatism has taken a hit over the last decade with growing support for perpetual central bank financing of deficits, particularly at a time of low inflation. We don’t know the result of Georgia Senate runoff elections and thus who controls the Senate, but we do know this: Biden’s tax and spending proposals entail $3 trillion in taxes and $8 trillion in spending, which would drive the US federal debt to even higher levels. See page 32 for more information on what looks like a permanent increase in the US federal debt.

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

<$30k$30-50k$50-100k>$100k

Source: Internal Chase data, JPMAM. November 13, 2020.

1

23

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

Received UI benefits

No UI benefits

Source: Internal Chase data, JPMAM. November 14, 2020.

2021E2020E

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Gross federal debt held by the public % of US GDP

Current policy

+ Biden

Current policy

+ Biden

15%

17%

19%

21%

23%

25%

27%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040

Spending % of GDPRevenue % of GDP

Biden agenda would propel tax revenues and gov’t spending to post-war highs, % of GDP, trailing 10 years

Executive Summary

Deuda federal bruta en manos del consumidor% del PIB de Estados Unidos

Fuente: Oficina Presupuestaria del Congreso. Septiembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

4

$1,200 one-time stimulus payment and weekly $600 unemployment insurance benefits begin$600 weekly payments stop$300 payments from executive order begin

1

23

The debt explosion. If you landed in the US or Europe in a time capsule launched 20 years ago, you might expect governments to be trying to rein in fiscal deficits. After all, US debt levels are projected to hit WWII peaks by the end of 2021. The projected 2020 US fiscal deficit is 16% of GDP, the largest deficit since 1945; and the deficit in 2021 is projected to be 8.6% of GDP (between 1946 and 2019, the deficit has only been larger twice).

However, fiscal conservatism has taken a hit over the last decade with growing support for perpetual central bank financing of deficits, particularly at a time of low inflation. We don’t know the result of Georgia Senate runoff elections and thus who controls the Senate, but we do know this: Biden’s tax and spending proposals entail $3 trillion in taxes and $8 trillion in spending, which would drive the US federal debt to even higher levels. See page 32 for more information on what looks like a permanent increase in the US federal debt.

-50%

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

<$30k$30-50k$50-100k>$100k

Source: Internal Chase data, JPMAM. November 13, 2020.

1

23

-40%

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

3/1 4/20 6/9 7/29 9/17 11/6

Received UI benefits

No UI benefits

Source: Internal Chase data, JPMAM. November 14, 2020.

2021E2020E

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Gross federal debt held by the public % of US GDP

Current policy

+ Biden

Current policy

+ Biden

15%

17%

19%

21%

23%

25%

27%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040

Spending % of GDPRevenue % of GDP

Biden agenda would propel tax revenues and gov’t spending to post-war highs, % of GDP, trailing 10 years

Executive Summary

La agenda de Biden empujaría la recaudación fiscal y el gasto público a máximos no vistos desde la Segunda Guerra Mundial % del PIB, a 10 años basado en datos históricos

Fuente: Oficina de Gestión y Presupuesto, Oficina Presupuestaria del Congreso, Cornerstone Macro Research, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Septiembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

5

The Federal Debt Explosion

US debt levels are projected to hit WWII peaks by the end of 2021. The projected 2020 US fiscal deficit is 16% of GDP, the largest deficit since 1945. In July 2020, the CBO projected the 2021 deficit at 8.6% (between 1946 and 2019, the deficit was only larger twice). Updated deficit forecasts for 2021 require assumptions on growth, the latest stimulus bill and the interplay between the two; our sense is that the deficit will exceed 10% of GDP in 2021. On top of such deficits, Biden’s tax and spending proposals entail another $3 trillion in taxes and another $8 trillion in spending over the next decade, which would drive the US federal debt to even higher levels. See the second chart, and p.33 for more on what looks like a permanent increase in the US federal debt. These increases are of course contingent on political developments we discuss on the next page.

One of the most important components of Biden’s plans for investors: changes to corporate taxation. Investors pay close attention to corporate taxation; its decline since the 1980’s has been a key driver of expanding S&P 500 profit margins. Biden’s agenda doesn’t just increase corporate tax rates; the plan also includes base broadening and a wide range of industry-specific taxes. In aggregate, Biden’s corporate tax plans would raise $2.2 trillion compared to corporate tax cuts of $740 billion provided by Trump’s 2017 bill. In terms of its impact on profits, Biden’s plan could reduce S&P 500 EPS by ~10%, but that’s before incorporating any growth benefits from increased government spending (i.e., multiplier effects).

2021E2020E

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Source: Congressional Budget Office. September 2020.

Gross federal debt held by the public % of US GDP

Current policy

+ Biden

Current policy

+ Biden

15%

17%

19%

21%

23%

25%

27%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040

Spending % of GDPRevenue % of GDP

Biden agenda would propel tax revenues and gov’t spending to post-war highs, % of GDP, trailing 10 years

Source: OMB, CBO, Cornerstone Macro Research, JPMAM. September 2020.

Payroll tax >$400k

Corporate tax hikes / base broadening

Industry specific taxesTaxes on the wealthy

Tax credits

Healthcare

Infrastructure & Jobs

EducationHousing

Entitlement expansion

Drug price reforms

-$2

$0

$2

$4

$6

$8

$10

Biden Agenda: $3 trillion in taxes, $8 trillion in spending$, trillions over 10 years

Taxation Spending0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

'56 '60 '64 '68 '72 '76 '80 '84 '88 '92 '96 '00 '04 '08 '12 '16 '20

Large cap stocks median effective tax rate Income tax expense divided by pre-tax income

Source: Empirical Research. October 2020.

Executive Summary

Agenda política de Biden: 3 billones de dólares en impuestos, 8 billones de dólares en gastoBillones de dólares estadounidenses en 10 años

Fuente: Cornerstone Research, Centro de Política Fiscal, Tax Foundation, Universidad de Pennsylvania, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Octubre de 2020. Créditos fiscales para compradores de viviendas, arrendatarios, cuidadores, ahorradores y fabricantes que trasladen la producción a Estados Unidos.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

5

It will take Senate runoff outcomes (and if Democrats take both seats, decisions on budget reconciliation and the filibuster2) to get a better sense of Biden’s achievable agenda. On paper, Biden’s corporate tax plan entails seismic changes. Don’t pay attention only to the corporate tax rate; the plan includes changes to the base as well (base broadening), and also includes a wide range of industry-specific taxes. In aggregate, Biden’s proposed corporate tax increases are 3x the corporate tax cuts provided by Trump’s 2017 bill.

Investors pay close attention to corporate tax rates; their decline since the 1980’s has been one of the key drivers of expanding S&P 500 profit margins. One estimate we’ve seen points to a 10% decline in S&P 500 EPS if the Biden corporate tax plan were enacted, but that’s before incorporating growth benefits from increased government spending (i.e., multiplier effects). Such effects could be sizable since many companies would benefit from an explosion in government spending along the lines of what Biden proposes.

We will have a clearer view later in the year, but for now, our base case is this: even if Democrats attain 50 seats in the Senate, they may find it difficult to (a) use budget reconciliation to pass major tax and spending legislation with the narrowest of Senate and House majorities, and to (b) jettison the filibuster to pass other Biden proposals. On the latter, some Senators may be reluctant to part with the filibuster, a rule that dates back to 1805 and which has been used by both parties to slow down the pace of “single-party” legislation.

2 Budget reconciliation allows tax and spending changes as long as there is no change to the deficit after a ten year time frame as per the CBO. This clause is why some Trump tax cut provisions sunset within 10 years. Furthermore, under budget reconciliation no changes are allowed to payroll or social security taxes, which are a big component of the Biden plan ($870 bn out of $3 trillion in proposed taxes). Finally, tax and spending changes must be “incidental” to regulatory policy and not contingent on them.

-$1.0

-$0.5

$0.0

$0.5

$1.0

$1.5

$2.0

$2.5

Biden corporate taxes Trump corporate tax cuts

Pass-through entity tax

Corporate entity tax

Source: Cornerstone Research, Joint Committee on Taxation. October 2020.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

'56 '60 '64 '68 '72 '76 '80 '84 '88 '92 '96 '00 '04 '08 '12 '16 '20

Source: Empirical Research. October 2020.

$195

$176

$8

$4$2

$3$2

$170

$175

$180

$185

$190

$195

$200

Baselineforecast

Statutoryrate hike(21% to28%)

GILTI taxincrease(11% to21%)

Minimumcorporatetax (15%)

SSpayrolltax onhigh

earners

Industryspecifictaxes

Potential2022EPS

Biden tax plan impact on 2022 EPS estimate$ per share

0

50

100

150

200

250

1917 1927 1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

Cloture motions filed (motions to end debate)Number of cloture motions filed, 65th Congress - 116th Congress

Cloture motions are a reasonable proxy for filibuster frequency. From 1917 to 1996, the correlation of cloture motions and documented filibusters was 0.94

Executive Summary

Tipo fiscal efectivo medio de compañías de gran capitalizaciónGasto por impuesto de sociedades dividido por beneficios antes de impuestos

Fuente: Empirical Research.

Page 9: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

8

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíRESUMEN E JECUTIVO

En cuanto a su efecto en los beneficios, el plan de Biden podría reducir el beneficio por acción del S&P 500 cerca de un 10%, aunque esta cifra no incluye los beneficios del aumento del gasto público en el crecimiento (esto es, el efecto multiplicador).

Si se confirma la victoria de Ossoff, los demócratas podrían aprobar cambios en los impuestos y en el gasto público con una mayoría en el Senado de 51-50, utilizando las reglas de reconciliación presupuestaria2 y asimismo aprobar otros cambios eliminando el filibuster en el Senado (si se mantiene, este procedimiento exige 60 votos en el Senado para aprobar la mayor parte de la legislación). A los demócratas, podría resultarles difícil (a) utilizar la reconciliación presupuestaria para aprobar las propuestas de impuestos y de gasto de Biden con mayorías muy ajustadas en el Senado y en el Congreso, y (b) deshacerse del filibuster, que en los últimos años ha sido utilizado frecuentemente por ambos partidos para bloquear la legislación. Se dice que uno de los defensores del filibuster es el Senador Joe Manchin (D-WV), ideológicamente más cercano a los republicanos moderados que a los demócratas progresistas.

Replace with “Consideramos que existen muchas probabilidades de que se apruebe una ley fiscal, pero creemos que sólo planteará una tercera parte de las subidas de impuestos propuestas inicialmente por Biden, y que dependerá menos de incrementos del déficit para su financiación (ver tabla). Analizaremos las acciones antimonopolio en las páginas 12 y 33 a 37, y en las páginas 22 a 24 trataremos la política comercial y de aranceles. Una vez confirmado el nuevo presidente, esperamos que la Oficina de Protección de la Financiación al Consumidor actúe con ímpetu rejuvenecido, que se restablezca la neutralidad de la red, y que Biden amplíe el programa de moratoria en la expulsión de menores indocumentados (DACA), vuelva a centrar las actuaciones del Departamento de Inmigración y Aduanas (ICE) en la expulsión de criminales violentos, aumente el personal de la agencia de inmigración e incremente los límites de los refugiados.

2 La reconciliación presupuestaria permite cambios en la fiscalidad y en el gasto siempre que no produzcan ningún cambio en el déficit en un plazo de 10 años, según la Oficina Presupuestaria del Congreso. Esta cláusula explica por qué algunas de las bajadas de impuestos de Trump caducaban a los 10 años. Asimismo, según el principio de reconciliación presupuestaria, no se permiten cambios en las retenciones o las aportaciones a la Seguridad Social, que son un elemento importante del plan de Biden (870.000 millones de dólares de los 3 billones de dólares de su propuesta). Por último, los cambios en la fiscalidad y en el gasto deben ser “incidentales” con respecto a la política regulatoria, no dependientes de la misma.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

6

Biden’s agenda is dependent on the outcome of Georgia Senate runoff elections. If Democrats win both seats, they could enact tax/spending changes with a 51-50 Senate majority using budget reconciliation rules2, and enact other major policy changes by jettisoning the Senate filibuster (which if retained, requires 60 votes in the Senate to pass most legislation). However, even if Democrats attain 50 seats in the Senate, they may find it difficult to (a) use budget reconciliation to pass Biden’s tax and spending proposals with very narrow Senate and House majorities, and to (b) jettison the Senate filibuster which has been used frequently in recent years by both parties to block legislation. Filibuster supporters reportedly include Joe Manchin (D-WV), who is ideologically closer to moderate Republicans than he is to progressive Democrats.

2 Budget reconciliation allows tax and spending changes if there is no change to the deficit after a ten year time frame (this clause is why some Trump tax cut provisions sunset within 10 years). Also, no changes are allowed to payroll or social security taxes, which are a big component of the Biden plan ($870 bn out of $3 trillion in new taxes). Finally, tax and spending changes must be “incidental” to regulatory policy and not contingent on them.

$195

$176

$8

$4$2

$3$2

$170

$175

$180

$185

$190

$195

$200

Baselineforecast

Statutoryrate hike(21% to28%)

GILTI taxincrease(11% to21%)

Minimumcorporatetax (15%)

SSpayrolltax onhigh

earners

Industryspecifictaxes

Potential2022EPS

Biden tax plan impact on 2022 EPS estimate$ per share

Minimum tax on low tax jurisdictions

0

50

100

150

200

250

1917 1927 1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

A proxy for filibuster frequencyNumber of cloture motions filed, 65th Congress - 116th Congress

Cloture motions are a reasonable proxy for filibuster frequency. From 1917 to 1996, the correlation of cloture motions and documented filibusters was 0.94

Biden & GOP Senate Control

Biden & DEM Senate Control

Taxation

No tax hikes; extension of some expiring TCJA provisions for companies and the middle class

Individual tax hikes within 10 yr window but no changes to payroll tax; less change to cap gains/dividends; some corp. tax hikes; no TCJA extensions

HealthcareStabilize ACA (state Medicaid expansion); drug price controls possible

Expand ACA; limited chances for a Public Option, no M4A; drug price controls likely

Fossil fuels

Limit drilling and methane emissions; rejoin Paris accord; stricter fuel emissions standards

Energy tax hikes plus all measures mentioned in the Biden/GOP control column

Green energy

Expand EV and renewable energy credits

More subsidies for renewable production, transmission, transportation

Infrastruct.

Smaller deal focused on surface transportation, possibly tied to new fuel taxes

Larger deal ($1 trillion) via budget recon; surface infrastr + schools/housing

WARREN

BOOKERSANDERS

GILLIBRAND

BLUMENTHAL

SCHUMER

KLOBUCHARFEINSTEIN

KAINE

TESTERWARNER

SINEMA MANCHIN

COLLINSMURKOWSKI

GRASSLEY

ROMNEY

PORTMAN

McCONNELL

THUNE

SHELBY

CORNYN

CRAPO

PERDUE

RUBIO

COTTON

BLACKBURN

CRUZ

PAUL LEE-1.0

-0.8

-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0More liberal

More conservative

Executive Summary

Efecto del plan fiscal de Biden en la estimación de los beneficios por acción en 2022Dólares por acción

Fuente: Goldman Sachs, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

5

It will take Senate runoff outcomes (and if Democrats take both seats, decisions on budget reconciliation and the filibuster2) to get a better sense of Biden’s achievable agenda. On paper, Biden’s corporate tax plan entails seismic changes. Don’t pay attention only to the corporate tax rate; the plan includes changes to the base as well (base broadening), and also includes a wide range of industry-specific taxes. In aggregate, Biden’s proposed corporate tax increases are 3x the corporate tax cuts provided by Trump’s 2017 bill.

Investors pay close attention to corporate tax rates; their decline since the 1980’s has been one of the key drivers of expanding S&P 500 profit margins. One estimate we’ve seen points to a 10% decline in S&P 500 EPS if the Biden corporate tax plan were enacted, but that’s before incorporating growth benefits from increased government spending (i.e., multiplier effects). Such effects could be sizable since many companies would benefit from an explosion in government spending along the lines of what Biden proposes.

We will have a clearer view later in the year, but for now, our base case is this: even if Democrats attain 50 seats in the Senate, they may find it difficult to (a) use budget reconciliation to pass major tax and spending legislation with the narrowest of Senate and House majorities, and to (b) jettison the filibuster to pass other Biden proposals. On the latter, some Senators may be reluctant to part with the filibuster, a rule that dates back to 1805 and which has been used by both parties to slow down the pace of “single-party” legislation.

2 Budget reconciliation allows tax and spending changes as long as there is no change to the deficit after a ten year time frame as per the CBO. This clause is why some Trump tax cut provisions sunset within 10 years. Furthermore, under budget reconciliation no changes are allowed to payroll or social security taxes, which are a big component of the Biden plan ($870 bn out of $3 trillion in proposed taxes). Finally, tax and spending changes must be “incidental” to regulatory policy and not contingent on them.

-$1.0

-$0.5

$0.0

$0.5

$1.0

$1.5

$2.0

$2.5

Biden corporate taxes Trump corporate tax cuts

Pass-through entity tax

Corporate entity tax

Source: Cornerstone Research, Joint Committee on Taxation. October 2020.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

'56 '60 '64 '68 '72 '76 '80 '84 '88 '92 '96 '00 '04 '08 '12 '16 '20

Source: Empirical Research. October 2020.

$195

$176

$8

$4$2

$3$2

$170

$175

$180

$185

$190

$195

$200

Baselineforecast

Statutoryrate hike(21% to28%)

GILTI taxincrease(11% to21%)

Minimumcorporatetax (15%)

SSpayrolltax onhigh

earners

Industryspecifictaxes

Potential2022EPS

Biden tax plan impact on 2022 EPS estimate$ per share

0

50

100

150

200

250

1917 1927 1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

Cloture motions filed (motions to end debate)Number of cloture motions filed, 65th Congress - 116th Congress

Cloture motions are a reasonable proxy for filibuster frequency. From 1917 to 1996, the correlation of cloture motions and documented filibusters was 0.94

Executive Summary

Seguimiento aproximado de la frecuencia de filibustersNúmero de mociones de cierre presentadas, 65º Congreso-116º Congreso

Fuente: Brookings Institution, Washington Post. 2020.

Page 10: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

9

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí RESUMEN E JECUTIVO

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUT L OOK • MI CH AEL CEM BAL EST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l co ro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

6

Assuming Ossoff’s victory is confirmed, Democrats could enact tax/spending changes with a 51-50 Senate majority using budget reconciliation rules2 and enact other policy changes by jettisoning the Senate filibuster (which if retained, requires 60 votes in the Senate to pass most legislation). Democrats may find it difficult to (a) use budget reconciliation to pass most of Biden’s tax and spending agenda as proposed with very narrow Senate and House majorities, and to (b) jettison the Senate filibuster which has been used frequently in recent years by both parties to block legislation. Filibuster supporters reportedly include Joe Manchin (D-WV), who is ideologically closer to moderate Republicans than he is to progressive Democrats.

We do envision a high likelihood of a tax bill but one that raises around a third of Biden’s original proposed tax hikes, and one which is less financed via deficits (see table). We discuss antitrust on pages 9 and 25-28, and discuss tariff and trade policy on pages 15-17. We expect a rejuvenated Consumer Finance Protection Bureau once new leadership is confirmed; that Net Neutrality will be reinstated; and that Biden will expand DACA, refocus ICE on violent offenders, increase immigration agency staffing and increase refugee limits.

2 Budget reconciliation allows tax and spending changes if there is no change to the deficit after a ten year time frame (this clause is why some Trump tax cut provisions sunset within 10 years). Also, no changes are allowed to payroll or social security taxes, which are a big component of the Biden plan ($870 bn out of $3 trillion in new taxes). Finally, tax and spending changes must be “incidental” to regulatory policy and not contingent on them.

$195

$176

$8

$4$2

$3$2

$170

$175

$180

$185

$190

$195

$200

Baselineforecast

Statutoryrate hike(21% to28%)

GILTI taxincrease(11% to21%)

Minimumcorporatetax (15%)

SSpayrolltax onhigh

earners

Industryspecifictaxes

Potential2022EPS

Biden tax plan impact on 2022 EPS estimate$ per share

Source: GS, JPMAM. December 2020.

Minimum tax on low tax jurisdictions

0

50

100

150

200

250

1917 1927 1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

A proxy for filibuster frequencyNumber of cloture motions filed, 65th Congress - 116th Congress

Source: Brookings Institution, Washington Post. 2020.

Cloture motions are a reasonable proxy for filibuster frequency. From 1917 to 1996, the correlation of cloture motions and documented filibusters was 0.94

Biden & Democrat Senate Control

Taxation

Individual tax hikes (from 37% up to 39.6%) within 10 yr window but no changes to payroll tax; no unification of cap gains/dividend taxes with ordinary income...more likely an increase from 20% to 25-28%; some corp. tax hikes (from 21% to 25%); no TCJA extensions; possible partial SALT deduction restoration

Healthcare

Expand ACA; limited chances for a Public Option, no M4A; drug price controls likely; switching dual-eligibles from Medicare to Medicaid price (reducing govt costs)

Fossil fuels

Limit drilling and methane emissions; rejoin Paris accord; stricter fuel emissions standards; energy tax hikes; unlikely to ban fracking

Green energy

More subsidies for renewable production, transmission, transportation

Infrastruct. Larger deal ($1 trillion) via budget recon; surface infrastr + schools/housing

Source: Cornerstone Research. January 6, 2021.

WARREN

BOOKERSANDERS

GILLIBRAND

BLUMENTHAL

SCHUMER

KLOBUCHARFEINSTEIN

KAINE

TESTERWARNER

SINEMA MANCHIN

COLLINSMURKOWSKI

GRASSLEY

ROMNEY

PORTMAN

McCONNELL

THUNE

SHELBY

CORNYN

CRAPO

PERDUE

RUBIO

COTTON

BLACKBURN

CRUZ

PAUL LEE-1.0

-0.8

-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

2020 Senate polarization scoresVoteview Liberal-Conservative scores, derived from Congr. voting histories

Source: VoteView Roll Call Votes database, JPMAM. 2020.

More liberal

More conservative

Executive Summary

Fuente: Cornerstone Research. 6 de enero de 2021.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

6

Biden’s agenda is dependent on the outcome of Georgia Senate runoff elections. If Democrats win both seats, they could enact tax/spending changes with a 51-50 Senate majority using budget reconciliation rules2, and enact other major policy changes by jettisoning the Senate filibuster (which if retained, requires 60 votes in the Senate to pass most legislation). However, even if Democrats attain 50 seats in the Senate, they may find it difficult to (a) use budget reconciliation to pass Biden’s tax and spending proposals with very narrow Senate and House majorities, and to (b) jettison the Senate filibuster which has been used frequently in recent years by both parties to block legislation. Filibuster supporters reportedly include Joe Manchin (D-WV), who is ideologically closer to moderate Republicans than he is to progressive Democrats.

2 Budget reconciliation allows tax and spending changes if there is no change to the deficit after a ten year time frame (this clause is why some Trump tax cut provisions sunset within 10 years). Also, no changes are allowed to payroll or social security taxes, which are a big component of the Biden plan ($870 bn out of $3 trillion in new taxes). Finally, tax and spending changes must be “incidental” to regulatory policy and not contingent on them.

$195

$176

$8

$4$2

$3$2

$170

$175

$180

$185

$190

$195

$200

Baselineforecast

Statutoryrate hike(21% to28%)

GILTI taxincrease(11% to21%)

Minimumcorporatetax (15%)

SSpayrolltax onhigh

earners

Industryspecifictaxes

Potential2022EPS

Biden tax plan impact on 2022 EPS estimate$ per share

Minimum tax on low tax jurisdictions

0

50

100

150

200

250

1917 1927 1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

A proxy for filibuster frequencyNumber of cloture motions filed, 65th Congress - 116th Congress

Cloture motions are a reasonable proxy for filibuster frequency. From 1917 to 1996, the correlation of cloture motions and documented filibusters was 0.94

Biden & GOP Senate Control

Biden & DEM Senate Control

Taxation

No tax hikes; extension of some expiring TCJA provisions for companies and the middle class

Individual tax hikes within 10 yr window but no changes to payroll tax; less change to cap gains/dividends; some corp. tax hikes; no TCJA extensions

HealthcareStabilize ACA (state Medicaid expansion); drug price controls possible

Expand ACA; limited chances for a Public Option, no M4A; drug price controls likely

Fossil fuels

Limit drilling and methane emissions; rejoin Paris accord; stricter fuel emissions standards

Energy tax hikes plus all measures mentioned in the Biden/GOP control column

Green energy

Expand EV and renewable energy credits

More subsidies for renewable production, transmission, transportation

Infrastruct.

Smaller deal focused on surface transportation, possibly tied to new fuel taxes

Larger deal ($1 trillion) via budget recon; surface infrastr + schools/housing

WARREN

BOOKERSANDERS

GILLIBRAND

BLUMENTHAL

SCHUMER

KLOBUCHARFEINSTEIN

KAINE

TESTERWARNER

SINEMA MANCHIN

COLLINSMURKOWSKI

GRASSLEY

ROMNEY

PORTMAN

McCONNELL

THUNE

SHELBY

CORNYN

CRAPO

PERDUE

RUBIO

COTTON

BLACKBURN

CRUZ

PAUL LEE-1.0

-0.8

-0.6

-0.4

-0.2

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0More liberal

More conservative

Executive Summary

Puntuaciones de polarización en el SenadoPuntuaciones de Liberal-Conservador de Voteview, derivadas del histórico de votaciones en el Parlamento

Fuente: Base de datos Roll Call Votes de VoteView. J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 2020.

Page 11: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

10

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíRESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Mercados: Se prevé un rebote de los beneficios, pero gran parte de las buenas noticias ya se han descontado

Resiliencia de los beneficios. En el tercer trimestre de 2020, los beneficios del S&P 500 superaron ampliamente las expectativas (-8% frente a un consenso de -25%), y es importante fijarse en los detalles: las aerolíneas, otras empresas de viajes y la energía representaron prácticamente la totalidad de la contracción de los beneficios del S&P 500 en el trimestre. De hecho, los flujos de caja libres del núcleo del mercado de renta variable (excluyendo compañías financieras, REITs y energía) subieron en el primer, segundo y tercer trimestre de 2020. Al ritmo de mejora actual, a finales de 2021 el beneficio por acción del S&P 500 debería superar los niveles anteriores a la pandemia.

Después de una recesión, las compañías estadounidenses a menudo demuestran tener “apalancamiento operativo”, concepto que se refiere a un crecimiento del beneficio por acción muy superior al bajo crecimiento de las ventas. Esto se muestra en el segundo gráfico, y esperamos que vuelva a suceder lo mismo en 2021.

Existen asimismo factores técnicos que podrían explicar por qué las últimas recuperaciones de mercados bajistas han sido tan rápidas. Desde 2011, el ritmo de recompras y de fusiones y adquisiciones en Estados Unidos ha superado al ritmo de emisiones de renta variable primarias y secundarias. Por ello, la oferta de renta variable cotizada disponible para la inversión no ha crecido como lo haría normalmente, por lo que, cuando los inversores institucionales reajusten sus carteras, la escasez de oferta acelerará la subida del mercado. Debemos señalar que, aunque esto es cierto en Estados Unidos, no existe escasez de renta variable fuera de Estados Unidos, donde la oferta neta sigue creciendo.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

6

Markets: earnings set to rebound, but a lot of good news is already priced in

Earnings resilience. In Q3 2020, S&P 500 earnings handily beat expectations (-8% vs consensus -25%), and the details are important: airlines, other travel-related businesses and energy accounted for essentially the entire S&P 500 earnings contraction in the quarter. Free cash flow for the core of the equity market (excluding financials, REITs and energy) was actually up in Q1, Q2 and Q3 of 2020. At the current pace of improvement, S&P 500 EPS should exceed pre-pandemic levels by the end of 2021.

US companies often demonstrate “operating leverage” after recessions, which refers to EPS growth (black diamonds) well in excess of low sales growth (blue bars). We expect the same to be true in 2021.

There are also technical factors at work that may explain why recent bear market recoveries have been so rapid. Since 2011, the pace of US buybacks and M&A have exceeded the pace of primary and secondary US equity issuance. As a result, the “stock” of investible public equity has not grown as it normally would, so when institutional investors rebalance, supply constraints accelerate the market’s rise. Note that while this is true in the US, an equity shortage is not present outside the US where net supply is still growing.

-25%

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

1/1 2/20 4/10 5/30 7/19 9/7 10/27

93 Q

193

Q2

93 Q

393

Q4

99 Q

199

Q2

99 Q

399

Q4

02 Q

102

Q2

02 Q

302

Q4

10 Q

110

Q2

10 Q

310

Q4

16 Q

316

Q4

17 Q

117

Q2

-20%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%Operating leverage contribution

Sales contribution

Operating EPS growth

Contribution to S&P 500 profits from operating leverage after recessions and other market declines, y/y % change

Post S&L crisis

Post LTCM crisis

Post Tech bubble

Post GFC

Post EM/oil

collapse

-$400

-$200

$0

$200

$400

$600

$800

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

'05

'06

'07

'08

'09

'10

'11

'12

'13

'14

'15

'16

'17

'18

'19

'20

Unprecedented low levels of net US equity supplyUS$ billions, based on MSCI All Country World Equity Index

-$600

-$400

-$200

$0

$200

$400

$600

$800

$1,000

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

'05

'06

'07

'08

'09

'10

'11

'12

'13

'14

'15

'16

'17

'18

'19

'20

Non-US net equity supply still growingUS$ billions, based on MSCI All Country World Equity Index

Executive Summary

Niveles de oferta neta de renta variable estadounidense históricamente bajosMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses, basado en el índice MSCI All Country World Equity Index

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Global MarketsStrategy. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

6

Markets: earnings set to rebound, but a lot of good news is already priced in

Earnings resilience. In Q3 2020, S&P 500 earnings handily beat expectations (-8% vs consensus -25%), and the details are important: airlines, other travel-related businesses and energy accounted for essentially the entire S&P 500 earnings contraction in the quarter. Free cash flow for the core of the equity market (excluding financials, REITs and energy) was actually up in Q1, Q2 and Q3 of 2020. At the current pace of improvement, S&P 500 EPS should exceed pre-pandemic levels by the end of 2021.

US companies often demonstrate “operating leverage” after recessions, which refers to EPS growth (black diamonds) well in excess of low sales growth (blue bars). We expect the same to be true in 2021.

There are also technical factors at work that may explain why recent bear market recoveries have been so rapid. Since 2011, the pace of US buybacks and M&A have exceeded the pace of primary and secondary US equity issuance. As a result, the “stock” of investible public equity has not grown as it normally would, so when institutional investors rebalance, supply constraints accelerate the market’s rise. Note that while this is true in the US, an equity shortage is not present outside the US where net supply is still growing.

-25%

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

1/1 2/20 4/10 5/30 7/19 9/7 10/27

93 Q

193

Q2

93 Q

393

Q4

99 Q

199

Q2

99 Q

399

Q4

02 Q

102

Q2

02 Q

302

Q4

10 Q

110

Q2

10 Q

310

Q4

16 Q

316

Q4

17 Q

117

Q2

-20%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%Operating leverage contribution

Sales contribution

Operating EPS growth

Contribution to S&P 500 profits from operating leverage after recessions and other market declines, y/y % change

Post S&L crisis

Post LTCM crisis

Post Tech bubble

Post GFC

Post EM/oil

collapse

-$400

-$200

$0

$200

$400

$600

$800

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

'05

'06

'07

'08

'09

'10

'11

'12

'13

'14

'15

'16

'17

'18

'19

'20

Unprecedented low levels of net US equity supplyUS$ billions, based on MSCI All Country World Equity Index

-$600

-$400

-$200

$0

$200

$400

$600

$800

$1,000

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

'05

'06

'07

'08

'09

'10

'11

'12

'13

'14

'15

'16

'17

'18

'19

'20

Non-US net equity supply still growingUS$ billions, based on MSCI All Country World Equity Index

Executive Summary

Fuera de Estados Unidos, la oferta neta de renta variable sigue creciendoMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses, basado en el índice MSCI All Country World Equity Index

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Global MarketsStrategy. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

6

Markets: earnings set to rebound, but a lot of good news is already priced in

Earnings resilience. In Q3 2020, S&P 500 earnings handily beat expectations (-8% vs consensus -25%), and the details are important: airlines, other travel-related businesses and energy accounted for essentially the entire S&P 500 earnings contraction in the quarter. Free cash flow for the core of the equity market (excluding financials, REITs and energy) was actually up in Q1, Q2 and Q3 of 2020. At the current pace of improvement, S&P 500 EPS should exceed pre-pandemic levels by the end of 2021.

US companies often demonstrate “operating leverage” after recessions, which refers to EPS growth (black diamonds) well in excess of low sales growth (blue bars). We expect the same to be true in 2021.

There are also technical factors at work that may explain why recent bear market recoveries have been so rapid. Since 2011, the pace of US buybacks and M&A have exceeded the pace of primary and secondary US equity issuance. As a result, the “stock” of investible public equity has not grown as it normally would, so when institutional investors rebalance, supply constraints accelerate the market’s rise. Note that while this is true in the US, an equity shortage is not present outside the US where net supply is still growing.

-25%

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

1/1 2/20 4/10 5/30 7/19 9/7 10/27

93 Q

193

Q2

93 Q

393

Q4

99 Q

199

Q2

99 Q

399

Q4

02 Q

102

Q2

02 Q

302

Q4

10 Q

110

Q2

10 Q

310

Q4

16 Q

316

Q4

17 Q

117

Q2

-20%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%Operating leverage contribution

Sales contribution

Operating EPS growth

Contribution to S&P 500 profits from operating leverage after recessions and other market declines, y/y % change

Post S&L crisis

Post LTCM crisis

Post Tech bubble

Post GFC

Post EM/oil

collapse

-$400

-$200

$0

$200

$400

$600

$800

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

'05

'06

'07

'08

'09

'10

'11

'12

'13

'14

'15

'16

'17

'18

'19

'20

Unprecedented low levels of net US equity supplyUS$ billions, based on MSCI All Country World Equity Index

-$600

-$400

-$200

$0

$200

$400

$600

$800

$1,000

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

'05

'06

'07

'08

'09

'10

'11

'12

'13

'14

'15

'16

'17

'18

'19

'20

Non-US net equity supply still growingUS$ billions, based on MSCI All Country World Equity Index

Executive Summary

Expectativas de consenso del beneficio por acción del S&P 500 en el tercer trimestre de 2020 Cambio porcentual interanual

Fuente: Factset. 30 de noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

6

Markets: earnings set to rebound, but a lot of good news is already priced in

Earnings resilience. In Q3 2020, S&P 500 earnings handily beat expectations (-8% vs consensus -25%), and the details are important: airlines, other travel-related businesses and energy accounted for essentially the entire S&P 500 earnings contraction in the quarter. Free cash flow for the core of the equity market (excluding financials, REITs and energy) was actually up in Q1, Q2 and Q3 of 2020. At the current pace of improvement, S&P 500 EPS should exceed pre-pandemic levels by the end of 2021.

US companies often demonstrate “operating leverage” after recessions, which refers to EPS growth (black diamonds) well in excess of low sales growth (blue bars). We expect the same to be true in 2021.

There are also technical factors at work that may explain why recent bear market recoveries have been so rapid. Since 2011, the pace of US buybacks and M&A have exceeded the pace of primary and secondary US equity issuance. As a result, the “stock” of investible public equity has not grown as it normally would, so when institutional investors rebalance, supply constraints accelerate the market’s rise. Note that while this is true in the US, an equity shortage is not present outside the US where net supply is still growing.

-25%

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

1/1 2/20 4/10 5/30 7/19 9/7 10/27

93 Q

193

Q2

93 Q

393

Q4

99 Q

199

Q2

99 Q

399

Q4

02 Q

102

Q2

02 Q

302

Q4

10 Q

110

Q2

10 Q

310

Q4

16 Q

316

Q4

17 Q

117

Q2

-20%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%Operating leverage contribution

Sales contribution

Operating EPS growth

Contribution to S&P 500 profits from operating leverage after recessions and other market declines, y/y % change

Post S&L crisis

Post LTCM crisis

Post Tech bubble

Post GFC

Post EM/oil

collapse

-$400

-$200

$0

$200

$400

$600

$800

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

'05

'06

'07

'08

'09

'10

'11

'12

'13

'14

'15

'16

'17

'18

'19

'20

Unprecedented low levels of net US equity supplyUS$ billions, based on MSCI All Country World Equity Index

-$600

-$400

-$200

$0

$200

$400

$600

$800

$1,000

'99

'00

'01

'02

'03

'04

'05

'06

'07

'08

'09

'10

'11

'12

'13

'14

'15

'16

'17

'18

'19

'20

Non-US net equity supply still growingUS$ billions, based on MSCI All Country World Equity Index

Executive Summary

Contribución del apalancamiento operativo a los beneficios del S&P 500 tras recesiones y otras caídas del mercadoCambio porcentual interanual

Fuente: Standard and Poor’s, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 2020.

Page 12: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

11

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí RESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Dicho todo esto, resulta difícil escapar del impacto generalizado de los tipos de interés a cero en el panorama de inversión. El gráfico siguiente muestra que una tercera parte de toda la deuda soberana de los mercados desarrollados ofrece rentabilidades inferiores a cero en términos nominales, mientras que el 75% tiene rentabilidades reales negativas (es decir, tipos por debajo de la tasa de inflación). El segundo gráfico indica hasta qué punto esto es una anomalía: en la última década hemos sido testigos del período sostenido de tipos de interés reales negativos más largo de la historia de Estados Unidos, exceptuando la Guerra de Secesión, la Primera Guerra Mundial y la Segunda Guerra Mundial.

El resultado: altas valoraciones de la renta variable. La primera tabla de la página siguiente expone las valoraciones en comparación con su histórico, donde el 100% indica su nivel más caro. Algunas valoraciones podrían bajar si el año que viene los beneficios superan a las expectativas, pero no lo suficiente como para marcar una gran diferencia. El sentimiento y los flujos de dinero a corto plazo también son elevados, con la mayoría de las medidas en el percentil 90 de optimismo, o más altas3. Si busca oportunidades, prepárese: como se muestra en la segunda tabla, éstas se concentran en los sectores de energía, aerolíneas, bancos y sectores fuertemente afectados por la pandemia.

Merece la pena señalar que el 90% de la capitalización bursátil del S&P 500 se basa actualmente en activos intangibles (I+D, propiedad intelectual, software etc.), lo que complica las comparaciones históricas. Los ratios PER de las compañías estadounidenses de los años 60-90, con un fuerte componente de inmovilizado, son difícilmente comparables con el universo actual del S&P 500, con menor carga de inmovilizado material. En 1975, las acciones de compañías basadas en activos intangibles representaban el 20% del índice, en 1985 el 30% y en 2005 el 80%. Por esto, tiene sentido que incrementen las ratios PER del S&P 500 con el paso del tiempo.

Aun así, la fuerte subida que tuvo lugar a finales de 2020 probablemente limite las ganancias a cerca del 10% en 2021. El consenso es alcista, lo que prepara el terreno para correcciones y consolidación de beneficios más adelante.

3 Optimismo en el sentimiento inversor, medido desde noviembre de 2016 (100=más optimista): American Association of Individual Investors (98); Investors Intelligence Advisory Sentiment (95); NAAIM Active Managers Sentiment (99); y una medida de posiciones en liquidez de los 20 fondos de renta variable más grandes de Estados Unidos (100). En lo que respecta a los flujos de dinero a corto plazo, nuestro equipo de prime brokerage nos indica que a finales de 2020 había unos niveles de exposición muy altos. La mayor parte de la subida de produjo después del mes de octubre.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

7

All that said, it’s hard to escape the pervasive impact of zero rates on the investment landscape. The next chart shows how a third of all developed markets sovereign debt has yields below zero in nominal terms, while 75% has negative real yields (i.e., below the rate of inflation). The second chart indicates just how anomalous this is: the last decade has seen the longest sustained period of negative real policy rates in recorded US history, other than during the Civil War, WWI and WWII.

The result: equity valuations at the high end of historical ranges. The first table shows the details. Some forward-looking valuations might look a little lower if earnings outperform expectations next year, but not by enough to make a large difference. Sentiment is elevated as well, with most readings in the 90th percentile of optimism or higher3. If you’re looking for bargains, be prepared: as shown in the second table, they’re concentrated in energy, airlines, banks and sectors heavily affected by the pandemic.

It’s worth noting that 90% of S&P 500 market cap is now based on intangible assets (R&D, intellectual property, software, etc), complicating historical comparisons. P/E ratios of the asset-heavy US corporate sector of the 1960’s-1980’s might not be the best comparison for today’s asset-light, less capital-intensive S&P 500 universe. Intangible asset shares were 20% in 1975, 30% in 1985 and 80% by 2005. So some upward drift in S&P 500 P/E ratios over time makes sense, in principle.

Even so, the equity melt-up which took place at the end of 2020 will probably limit market gains to ~10% in 2021. Consensus is bullish, which sets the stage for corrections and profit-taking from time to time.

3 Percentiles of investor optimism, measured since Nov 2016 (100=most optimistic): American Association of Individual Investors (98); Investors Intelligence Advisory Sentiment (95); NAAIM Active Managers Sentiment (99); and a measure of cash holdings of the 20 largest US equity mutual funds (100).

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

2017 2018 2019 2020

% with negative nominal yield% with negative real yield

Developed markets negative yielding government debtPercent of total debt

Source: J.P. Morgan Global Index Research. November 23, 2020.

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1830

1840

1850

1860

1870

1880

1890

1900

1910

1920

1930

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

Source: FRB, Robert Shiller, GFD, BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

Lowest real yields on cash since 1830, other than during wartime, T-bill/Funds rate less inflation, 5-year average

CivilWar

WW I WW II

S&P 500 valuation metric Dec 2019 percentile

Current percentile

US market cap / GDP 99% 100%Enterprise value / Sales 99% 100%Enterprise value / EBITDA 93% 100%Forward P/E 88% 97%Price / Book 90% 93%Cash flow yield 85% 93%Cyclically adjusted P/E 89% 92%Free cash flow yield 53% 60%S&P earnings yield - 10Y UST 28% 33%Median metric 89% 93%Source: Goldman Sachs Investment Research. EBITDA = earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization. December 11, 2020.

Industries whose returns haven’t fully recovered yetS&P 500 Industry 2020 declineEnergy equipment & services -35%

Oil, gas & consumable fuels -31%

Airlines -31%

Banks -18%

Aerospace & defense -17%

Gas utilities -11%

Diversified telecom services -9%

Leisure products -9%

Multi-utilities -6%

Consumer finance -4%Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020.

Executive Summary

Deuda gubernamental de mercados desarrollados con rentabilidades negativas Porcentaje de cifra total de deuda

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Global Index Research. 23 de noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

7

All that said, it’s hard to escape the pervasive impact of zero rates on the investment landscape. The next chart shows how a third of all developed markets sovereign debt has yields below zero in nominal terms, while 75% has negative real yields (i.e., below the rate of inflation). The second chart indicates just how anomalous this is: the last decade has seen the longest sustained period of negative real policy rates in recorded US history, other than during the Civil War, WWI and WWII.

The result: equity valuations at the high end of historical ranges. The first table shows the details. Some forward-looking valuations might look a little lower if earnings outperform expectations next year, but not by enough to make a large difference. Sentiment is elevated as well, with most readings in the 90th percentile of optimism or higher3. If you’re looking for bargains, be prepared: as shown in the second table, they’re concentrated in energy, airlines, banks and sectors heavily affected by the pandemic.

It’s worth noting that 90% of S&P 500 market cap is now based on intangible assets (R&D, intellectual property, software, etc), complicating historical comparisons. P/E ratios of the asset-heavy US corporate sector of the 1960’s-1980’s might not be the best comparison for today’s asset-light, less capital-intensive S&P 500 universe. Intangible asset shares were 20% in 1975, 30% in 1985 and 80% by 2005. So some upward drift in S&P 500 P/E ratios over time makes sense, in principle.

Even so, the equity melt-up which took place at the end of 2020 will probably limit market gains to ~10% in 2021. Consensus is bullish, which sets the stage for corrections and profit-taking from time to time.

3 Percentiles of investor optimism, measured since Nov 2016 (100=most optimistic): American Association of Individual Investors (98); Investors Intelligence Advisory Sentiment (95); NAAIM Active Managers Sentiment (99); and a measure of cash holdings of the 20 largest US equity mutual funds (100).

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

2017 2018 2019 2020

% with negative nominal yield% with negative real yield

Developed markets negative yielding government debtPercent of total debt

Source: J.P. Morgan Global Index Research. November 23, 2020.

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1830

1840

1850

1860

1870

1880

1890

1900

1910

1920

1930

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

Source: FRB, Robert Shiller, GFD, BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

Lowest real yields on cash since 1830, other than during wartime, T-bill/Funds rate less inflation, 5-year average

CivilWar

WW I WW II

S&P 500 valuation metric Dec 2019 percentile

Current percentile

US market cap / GDP 99% 100%Enterprise value / Sales 99% 100%Enterprise value / EBITDA 93% 100%Forward P/E 88% 97%Price / Book 90% 93%Cash flow yield 85% 93%Cyclically adjusted P/E 89% 92%Free cash flow yield 53% 60%S&P earnings yield - 10Y UST 28% 33%Median metric 89% 93%Source: Goldman Sachs Investment Research. EBITDA = earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization. December 11, 2020.

Industries whose returns haven’t fully recovered yetS&P 500 Industry 2020 declineEnergy equipment & services -35%

Oil, gas & consumable fuels -31%

Airlines -31%

Banks -18%

Aerospace & defense -17%

Gas utilities -11%

Diversified telecom services -9%

Leisure products -9%

Multi-utilities -6%

Consumer finance -4%Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020.

Executive Summary

Rendimiento real del efectivo más bajo desde 1830, salvo en tiempos de guerra, bonos del Tesoro / tipo de interés de referencia menos inflación, media a cinco años

Fuente: Junta de la Reserva Federal, Robert Shiller, GFD, Oficina de Estadísticas Laborales, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Noviembre de 2020.

Page 13: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

12

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíRESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Concentración del mercado y riesgos antimonopolio Desde el año 2016, las acciones de mayor capitalización (AAPL, AMZN, MSFT, GOOG y FB) han representado un porcentaje desproporcionado de la capitalización bursátil y de los beneficios del mercado. Son mucho más rentables que sus equivalentes de finales de los años 90 (primer gráfico de la página siguiente), y no son tan caras en términos relativos (segundo gráfico de la página siguiente). Dicho esto, no creo que debamos utilizar el año 1999 como referencia para su valoración; es posible que el umbral de los excesos del mercado sea más bajo. Entrando en 2021, mantenemos una posición neutra sobre estas acciones, por los motivos que explicamos en la sección de Temas Especiales, en la página 33, donde comentamos los riesgos de aumento de las acciones antimonopolio en Estados Unidos y de la aprobación de impuestos sobre los servicios digitales a nivel internacional.

Como alternativa a las acciones de mayor capitalización, considere la posibilidad de invertir en otras acciones con alto crecimiento secular, sin problemas antimonopolio. La tabla de la página siguiente muestra una serie de acciones que han generado un crecimiento significativo de los beneficios y se espera que continúen haciéndolo, que no gastan enormes cantidades de dinero en adquirir nuevos clientes, o indirectamente en mano de obra, (es decir, que tienen un margen positivo de flujos de caja libres), y que se mueven muy por debajo del radar de las autoridades de competencia (representan una proporción baja de la facturación de sus respectivos sectores).

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

8

All that said, it’s hard to escape the pervasive impact of zero interest rates on the investment landscape. The next chart shows how a third of all developed markets sovereign debt has yields below zero in nominal terms, while 75% has negative real yields (i.e., rates below the rate of inflation). The second chart indicates just how anomalous this is: the last decade has seen the longest sustained period of negative real policy rates in recorded US history, other than during the Civil War, WWI and WWII.

The result: high equity valuations. The first table shows valuations compared to their history with 100% indicating maximum expensiveness. Some forward-looking valuations might lower if earnings outperform expectations next year, but not by enough to make a large difference. Sentiment is elevated as well, with most readings in the 90th percentile of optimism or higher3. If you’re looking for bargains, be prepared: as shown in the second table, they’re concentrated in energy, airlines, banks and sectors heavily affected by the pandemic.

It’s worth noting that 90% of S&P 500 market cap is now based on intangible assets (R&D, intellectual property, software, etc), complicating historical comparisons. P/E ratios of the asset-heavy US corporate sector of the 1960s-1980s might not be the best comparison for today’s asset-light, less capital-intensive S&P 500 universe. Intangible asset shares were 20% in 1975, 30% in 1985 and 80% by 2005. So, some upward drift in S&P 500 P/E ratios over time makes sense, in principle.

Even so, the equity melt-up which took place at the end of 2020 will probably limit market gains to ~10% in 2021. Consensus is bullish, which sets the stage for corrections and profit-taking from time to time.

3 Percentiles of investor optimism, measured since November 2016 (100 = most optimistic): American Association of Individual Investors (98); Investors Intelligence Advisory Sentiment (95); NAAIM Active Managers Sentiment (99); and a measure of cash holdings of the 20 largest US equity mutual funds (100).

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

2017 2018 2019 2020

% with negative nominal yield% with negative real yield

Developed markets negative yielding government debtPercent of total debt

Source: J.P. Morgan Global Index Research. November 23, 2020.

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1830

1840

1850

1860

1870

1880

1890

1900

1910

1920

1930

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

Source: FRB, Robert Shiller, GFD, BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

Lowest real yields on cash since 1830, other than during wartime, T-bill/Funds rate less inflation, 5-year average

CivilWar

WW I WW II

Equity valuation percentiles (100% = most expensive)

S&P 500 valuation metric Dec 2019 percentile

Current percentile

US market cap / GDP 99% 100%Enterprise value / Sales 99% 100%Enterprise value / EBITDA 93% 100%Forward P/E 88% 97%Price / Book 90% 93%Cash flow yield 85% 93%Cyclically adjusted P/E 89% 92%Free cash flow yield 53% 60%S&P earnings yield - 10Y UST 28% 33%Median metric 89% 93%Source: Goldman Sachs Investment Research. EBITDA = earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization. December 11, 2020.

S&P 500 Industry 2020 declineEnergy equipment & services -37%

Oil, gas & consumable fuels -34%

Airlines -31%

Aerospace & defense -17%

Banks -15%

Gas utilities -15%

Diversified telecom services -12%

Leisure products -9%

Multi-utilities -8%

Real estate investment trusts -4%

Executive Summary

Industrias cuyas rentabilidades no se han recuperado plenamente

Fuente: Bloomberg. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON T HE M ARKET 2 021 OUT L OOK • MI CH AEL CEM BAL EST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b po rt a l h er e

7

All that said, it’s hard to escape the pervasive impact of zero interest rates on the investment landscape. The next chart shows how a third of all developed markets sovereign debt has yields below zero in nominal terms, while 75% has negative real yields (i.e., rates below the rate of inflation). The second chart indicates just how anomalous this is: the last decade has seen the longest sustained period of negative real policy rates in recorded US history, other than during the Civil War, WWI and WWII.

The result: high equity valuations. The first table shows valuations compared to their history, with 100% indicating maximum expensiveness. Some forward-looking valuations might lower if earnings outperform expectations next year, but not by enough to make a large difference. Sentiment is elevated as well, with most readings in the 90th percentile of optimism or higher3. If you’re looking for bargains, be prepared: as shown in the second table, they’re concentrated in energy, airlines, banks and sectors heavily affected by the pandemic.

It’s worth noting that 90% of S&P 500 market cap is now based on intangible assets (R&D, intellectual property, software, etc), complicating historical comparisons. P/E ratios of the asset-heavy US corporate sector of the 1960s-1980s might not be the best comparison for today’s asset-light, less capital-intensive S&P 500 universe. Intangible asset shares were 20% in 1975, 30% in 1985 and 80% by 2005. So, some upward drift in S&P 500 P/E ratios over time makes sense, in principle.

Even so, the equity melt-up which took place at the end of 2020 will probably limit market gains to ~10% in 2021. Consensus is bullish, which sets the stage for corrections and profit-taking from time to time.

3 Percentiles of investor optimism, measured since November 2016 (100 = most optimistic): American Association of Individual Investors (98); Investors Intelligence Advisory Sentiment (95); NAAIM Active Managers Sentiment (99); and a measure of cash holdings of the 20 largest US equity mutual funds (100).

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

2017 2018 2019 2020

% with negative nominal yield% with negative real yield

Developed markets negative yielding government debtPercent of total debt

Source: J.P. Morgan Global Index Research. November 23, 2020.

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1830

1840

1850

1860

1870

1880

1890

1900

1910

1920

1930

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

Source: FRB, Robert Shiller, GFD, BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

Lowest real yields on cash since 1830, other than during wartime, T-bill/Funds rate less inflation, 5-year average

CivilWar

WW I WW II

S&P 500 valuation metric Dec 2019 percentile

Current percentile

US market cap / GDP 99% 100%Enterprise value / Sales 99% 100%Enterprise value / EBITDA 93% 100%Forward P/E 88% 97%Price / Book 90% 93%Cash flow yield 85% 93%Cyclically adjusted P/E 89% 92%Free cash flow yield 53% 60%S&P earnings yield - 10Y UST 28% 33%Median metric 89% 93%

S&P 500 Industry 2020 declineEnergy equipment & services -35%

Oil, gas & consumable fuels -31%

Airlines -31%

Banks -18%

Aerospace & defense -17%

Gas utilities -11%

Diversified telecom services -9%

Leisure products -9%

Multi-utilities -6%

Consumer finance -4%

Executive Summary

Fuente: Goldman Sachs Investment Research. EBITDA= margen o resultado bruto de explotación antes de deducir intereses, impuestos, depreciación y amortización. 11 de diciembre de 2020.

Percentiles de valoración de la renta variable (100% = más caro)

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

9

Market concentration and antitrust risks Since 2016, 5 megacap stocks (AAPL, AMZN, MSFT, GOOG and FB) have represented a disproportionate share of market cap and return contribution. They’re a lot more profitable than their late 1990s counterparts, and they’re not as expensive in relative terms. That said, I don’t think we should use 1999 as a benchmark to assess potential peak relative value; the demarcation line for market excess might be much lower than that. We’re neutral on these stocks heading into 2021 for reasons explained in the Special Topics section on page 25 which covers antitrust risks at home and digital service taxes abroad.

As an alternative to the big 5 megacap stocks, consider other secular high-growth stocks without antitrust baggage. The table shows stocks that have generated strong revenue growth and are expected to keep doing so; which do not spend enormous amounts acquiring customers or indirectly paying contract labor (i.e., positive free cash flow margin); and which fly well below the antitrust radar (low share of industry revenues).

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

1990 1994 1999 2003 2008 2012 2017

Contribution of top firms to overall US market cap

Top 20 firms

Top 5 firmsTop 5 firmsAppleMicrosoftAmazonAlphabetFacebook

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005

S&P 500 megacap outperformancePerformance of market-cap weighted - equal weighted S&P 500, %

1997-2002

2017-2020

5%1991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018 2021

Source: Factset. Q3 2020.1995 1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

Source: Factset. Q3 2020.

Aerospace & Defense Communications Equipment Health Care Supplies Semiconductors

TransDigm Group (TDG) Arista Networks (ANET) Align Technology (ALGN) Xilinx (XLNX)

Application Software Data Processing & Outsourced Services Interactive Home Entertainment Soft DrinksAdobe (ADBE), Autodesk (ADSK),

ANSYS (ANSS), Intuit (INTU), Paycom Software (PAYC)

Mastercard (MA), PayPal Holdings (PYPL), Visa (V)

Take-Two Interactive Software (TTWO)

Monster Beverage Corporation(MNST)

Biotechnology Health Care Equipment Internet & Direct Marketing Systems Software

Vertex Pharmaceuticals (VRTX) ABIOMED (ABMD), Intuitive Surgical (ISRG) Etsy (ETSY) Fortinet (FTNT), ServiceNow (NOW)

Secular growth stocks with strong fundamentals and lower antitrust risks

Source: Factset, JPMAM. 2020. S&P 500 companies with 2018 & 2019 sales growth > 10%; projected 2022 sales growth > 10%; free cash flow margin > 15%; share of GICS subindustry revenues < 33%

Executive Summary

Cuota de las mayores compañías en la capitalización bursátil global de Estados Unidos

Fuente: Bloomberg. 17 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

9

Market concentration and antitrust risks Since 2016, 5 megacap stocks (AAPL, AMZN, MSFT, GOOG and FB) have represented a disproportionate share of market cap and return contribution. They’re a lot more profitable than their late 1990s counterparts, and they’re not as expensive in relative terms. That said, I don’t think we should use 1999 as a benchmark to assess potential peak relative value; the demarcation line for market excess might be much lower than that. We’re neutral on these stocks heading into 2021 for reasons explained in the Special Topics section on page 25 which covers antitrust risks at home and digital service taxes abroad.

As an alternative to the big 5 megacap stocks, consider other secular high-growth stocks without antitrust baggage. The table shows stocks that have generated strong revenue growth and are expected to keep doing so; which do not spend enormous amounts acquiring customers or indirectly paying contract labor (i.e., positive free cash flow margin); and which fly well below the antitrust radar (low share of industry revenues).

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

1990 1994 1999 2003 2008 2012 2017

Contribution of top firms to overall US market cap

Top 20 firms

Top 5 firmsTop 5 firmsAppleMicrosoftAmazonAlphabetFacebook

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005

S&P 500 megacap outperformancePerformance of market-cap weighted - equal weighted S&P 500, %

1997-2002

2017-2020

5%1991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018 2021

Source: Factset. Q3 2020.1995 1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

Source: Factset. Q3 2020.

Aerospace & Defense Communications Equipment Health Care Supplies Semiconductors

TransDigm Group (TDG) Arista Networks (ANET) Align Technology (ALGN) Xilinx (XLNX)

Application Software Data Processing & Outsourced Services Interactive Home Entertainment Soft DrinksAdobe (ADBE), Autodesk (ADSK),

ANSYS (ANSS), Intuit (INTU), Paycom Software (PAYC)

Mastercard (MA), PayPal Holdings (PYPL), Visa (V)

Take-Two Interactive Software (TTWO)

Monster Beverage Corporation(MNST)

Biotechnology Health Care Equipment Internet & Direct Marketing Systems Software

Vertex Pharmaceuticals (VRTX) ABIOMED (ABMD), Intuitive Surgical (ISRG) Etsy (ETSY) Fortinet (FTNT), ServiceNow (NOW)

Secular growth stocks with strong fundamentals and lower antitrust risks

Source: Factset, JPMAM. 2020. S&P 500 companies with 2018 & 2019 sales growth > 10%; projected 2022 sales growth > 10%; free cash flow margin > 15%; share of GICS subindustry revenues < 33%

Executive Summary

Exceso de rentabilidad de las compañías de mayor capitalización del S&P 500Rentabilidad del S&P 500 ponderado por la capitalización bursátil - con ponderación igual, %

Fuente: Bloomberg. 17 diciembre de 2020.

Page 14: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

13

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí RESUMEN E JECUTIVO

High yield: otro beneficiario de la represión financiera Los estímulos monetarios y fiscales han proporcionado un respaldo muy significativo para las compañías grandes y pequeñas. Aunque la recesión de 2020 fue dos veces más profunda que la de 2009, las tasas de impago de la renta fija high yield y de los préstamos bancarios muestran señales de haber alcanzado el punto máximo, siendo este la mitad del nivel del año 2009. Lo mismo puede decirse de las declaraciones concursales en el sector manufacturero y de servicios, que también han alcanzado niveles máximos aproximadamente a la mitad de los niveles de 2009.

El aluvión de liquidez llevó a los inversores a invertir en renta fija high yield. No obstante, es necesario prestar atención al significativo debilitamiento de los estándares de emisiones y las protecciones mediante covenants. En julio de 2019 ya los examinamos en el mercado de préstamos4, y desde entonces muy poco ha cambiado. Aunque los diferenciales de crédito se han recuperado, hay indicios de que los inversores han pagado el precio de ser excesivamente agresivos a la hora de incrementar su exposición a estos valores: el descenso de los niveles de recuperación de la renta fija high yield y préstamos impagados.

No tengo mucho que decir sobre los bonos corporativos investment grade. Neta de inflación, la rentabilidad del índice Barclays Investment Grade Corporate Bond Index es ahora ligeramente negativa.

4 Eye on The Market, “The food fight over covenant-lite leveraged loans”, julio de 2019.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

8

Market concentration and antitrust risks Since 2016, megacap stocks (AAPL, AMZN, MSFT, GOOG and FB) have represented a disproportionate share of market capitalization and return contribution. They’re a lot more profitable than their late 1990’s counterparts (third chart), and they’re not as expensive in relative terms (fourth chart). That said, I don’t think we should use 1999 as a benchmark to assess potential peak relative value; the demarcation line for market excess might be lower than that. We’re neutral on these stocks heading into 2021 for reasons explained in the Special Topics section on page 24, which covers antitrust risks at home and digital service taxes abroad.

As an alternative to megacap stocks, consider other secular high growth stocks without antitrust baggage. The table shows stocks that have generated strong revenue growth and are expected to keep doing so, which do not spend enormous amounts acquiring customers or indirectly paying contract labor (i.e., positive free cash flow margin) and which fly well below the antitrust radar (low share of industry revenues).

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

1990 1994 1999 2003 2008 2012 2017

Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020.

Contribution of top firms to overall US market cap

Top 20 firms

Top 5 firmsTop 5 firmsAppleMicrosoftAmazonAlphabetFacebook

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020.

S&P 500 megacap outperformancePerformance of market-cap weighted - equal weighted S&P 500, %

1997-2002

2017-2020

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

1991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018 2021

Median free cash flow margin for 10 largest stocks within S&P 500 by market cap, Trailing 12 month free cash flow margin

1.0x1.5x2.0x2.5x3.0x3.5x4.0x4.5x5.0x5.5x6.0x

1995 1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

Top 10 companies in S&P 500 by market cap compared to bottom 100 companies by P/E, Ratio of median forward P/E ratios

Aerospace & Defense Communications Equipment Health Care Supplies Semiconductors

TransDigm Group (TDG) Arista Networks (ANET) Align Technology (ALGN) Xilinx (XLNX)

Application Software Data Processing & Outsourced Services Interactive Home Entertainment Soft DrinksAdobe (ADBE), Autodesk (ADSK),

ANSYS (ANSS), Intuit (INTU), Paycom Software (PAYC)

Mastercard (MA), PayPal Holdings (PYPL), Visa (V)

Take-Two Interactive Software (TTWO)

Monster Beverage Corporation(MNST)

Biotechnology Health Care Equipment Internet & Direct Marketing Systems Software

Vertex Pharmaceuticals (VRTX) ABIOMED (ABMD), Intuitive Surgical (ISRG) Etsy (ETSY) Fortinet (FTNT), ServiceNow (NOW)

Executive Summary

Margen de flujos de caja libres de 10 acciones del S&P 500 con mayor capitalización bursátil, margen de flujos de caja libres a 12 meses, basado en datos pasados

Fuente: Factset. Tercer trimestre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

8

Market concentration and antitrust risks Since 2016, megacap stocks (AAPL, AMZN, MSFT, GOOG and FB) have represented a disproportionate share of market capitalization and return contribution. They’re a lot more profitable than their late 1990’s counterparts (third chart), and they’re not as expensive in relative terms (fourth chart). That said, I don’t think we should use 1999 as a benchmark to assess potential peak relative value; the demarcation line for market excess might be lower than that. We’re neutral on these stocks heading into 2021 for reasons explained in the Special Topics section on page 24, which covers antitrust risks at home and digital service taxes abroad.

As an alternative to megacap stocks, consider other secular high growth stocks without antitrust baggage. The table shows stocks that have generated strong revenue growth and are expected to keep doing so, which do not spend enormous amounts acquiring customers or indirectly paying contract labor (i.e., positive free cash flow margin) and which fly well below the antitrust radar (low share of industry revenues).

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

1990 1994 1999 2003 2008 2012 2017

Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020.

Contribution of top firms to overall US market cap

Top 20 firms

Top 5 firmsTop 5 firmsAppleMicrosoftAmazonAlphabetFacebook

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020.

S&P 500 megacap outperformancePerformance of market-cap weighted - equal weighted S&P 500, %

1997-2002

2017-2020

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

1991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018 2021

Median free cash flow margin for 10 largest stocks within S&P 500 by market cap, Trailing 12 month free cash flow margin

1.0x1.5x2.0x2.5x3.0x3.5x4.0x4.5x5.0x5.5x6.0x

1995 1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

Top 10 companies in S&P 500 by market cap compared to bottom 100 companies by P/E, Ratio of median forward P/E ratios

Aerospace & Defense Communications Equipment Health Care Supplies Semiconductors

TransDigm Group (TDG) Arista Networks (ANET) Align Technology (ALGN) Xilinx (XLNX)

Application Software Data Processing & Outsourced Services Interactive Home Entertainment Soft DrinksAdobe (ADBE), Autodesk (ADSK),

ANSYS (ANSS), Intuit (INTU), Paycom Software (PAYC)

Mastercard (MA), PayPal Holdings (PYPL), Visa (V)

Take-Two Interactive Software (TTWO)

Monster Beverage Corporation(MNST)

Biotechnology Health Care Equipment Internet & Direct Marketing Systems Software

Vertex Pharmaceuticals (VRTX) ABIOMED (ABMD), Intuitive Surgical (ISRG) Etsy (ETSY) Fortinet (FTNT), ServiceNow (NOW)

Executive Summary

10 mayores compañías del S&P 500 por capitalización bursátil comparadas con 100 compañías con PER más bajoRatio de PER mediano basado en expectativas

Fuente: Factset. Tercer trimestre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

8

Market concentration and antitrust risks Since 2016, megacap stocks (AAPL, AMZN, MSFT, GOOG and FB) have represented a disproportionate share of market capitalization and return contribution. They’re a lot more profitable than their late 1990’s counterparts (third chart), and they’re not as expensive in relative terms (fourth chart). That said, I don’t think we should use 1999 as a benchmark to assess potential peak relative value; the demarcation line for market excess might be lower than that. We’re neutral on these stocks heading into 2021 for reasons explained in the Special Topics section on page 24, which covers antitrust risks at home and digital service taxes abroad.

As an alternative to megacap stocks, consider other secular high growth stocks without antitrust baggage. The table shows stocks that have generated strong revenue growth and are expected to keep doing so, which do not spend enormous amounts acquiring customers or indirectly paying contract labor (i.e., positive free cash flow margin) and which fly well below the antitrust radar (low share of industry revenues).

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

1990 1994 1999 2003 2008 2012 2017

Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020.

Contribution of top firms to overall US market cap

Top 20 firms

Top 5 firmsTop 5 firmsAppleMicrosoftAmazonAlphabetFacebook

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020.

S&P 500 megacap outperformancePerformance of market-cap weighted - equal weighted S&P 500, %

1997-2002

2017-2020

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

1991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018 2021

Median free cash flow margin for 10 largest stocks within S&P 500 by market cap, Trailing 12 month free cash flow margin

1.0x1.5x2.0x2.5x3.0x3.5x4.0x4.5x5.0x5.5x6.0x

1995 1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

Top 10 companies in S&P 500 by market cap compared to bottom 100 companies by P/E, Ratio of median forward P/E ratios

Aerospace & Defense Communications Equipment Health Care Supplies Semiconductors

TransDigm Group (TDG) Arista Networks (ANET) Align Technology (ALGN) Xilinx (XLNX)

Application Software Data Processing & Outsourced Services Interactive Home Entertainment Soft DrinksAdobe (ADBE), Autodesk (ADSK),

ANSYS (ANSS), Intuit (INTU), Paycom Software (PAYC)

Mastercard (MA), PayPal Holdings (PYPL), Visa (V)

Take-Two Interactive Software (TTWO)

Monster Beverage Corporation(MNST)

Biotechnology Health Care Equipment Internet & Direct Marketing Systems Software

Vertex Pharmaceuticals (VRTX) ABIOMED (ABMD), Intuitive Surgical (ISRG) Etsy (ETSY) Fortinet (FTNT), ServiceNow (NOW)

Executive Summary

Acciones de crecimiento secular con buenos fundamentales y menor riesgo antimonopolio

Fuente: Factset, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 2020. Compañías del S&P 500 con crecimiento de las ventas en 2018 y 2019 > 10%; crecimiento proyectado de ventas en 2022 > 10%; margen de flujos de caja libres > 15%; cuota de facturación de subsector GICS < 33%.

Page 15: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

14

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíRESUMEN E JECUTIVO

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

9

High yield: another beneficiary of financial repression While the 2020 recession was twice as deep as in 2008/2009, high yield and leverage loan default rates are showing signs of peaking at just half the 2009 level. The flood of liquidity prompted investors to pile into high yield bonds last year (third chart). Pay attention, however; underwriting standards and covenant protections have weakened sharply. In July 2019, we examined deteriorating underwriting standards in the loan market4, and little has changed since then. While credit spreads have rallied, there are signs that investors have paid a price for overly aggressive underwriting: declining recovery rates on defaulted HY bonds/loans (last chart).

I don’t have much to say about investment grade corporate bonds. Net of inflation, the yield on the Barclays Investment Grade Corporate Bond Index is now slightly negative.

4 Eye on The Market, “The food fight over covenant-lite leveraged loans”, July 2019

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

High yield bonds

Leveraged loans

US high yield bond and leveraged loan default ratesLast twelve month par-weighted default rate

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

'95 '97 '99 '01 '03 '05 '07 '09 '11 '13 '15 '17 '19 '21Source: Bloomberg, J.P. Morgan HY Team. December 17, 2020.

US high yield corporate bond spreadsJPDFHYI index spread versus Treasury, basis points

HY energy

-$20-$15-$10-$5$0$5

$10$15$20$25

2017 2018 2019 2020

High yield fund flowsLeveraged loan fund flows

Source: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. November 2020.

0102030405060708090

100

1990 1996 2002 2008 2014 2020

First lien loansHigh yield bonds

US high yield bond and institutional loan recovery rates Cents on the dollar

Executive Summary

Tasas de impago de bonos high yield y préstamos bancarios estadounidensesTasa de impago de los últimos 12 meses

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

10

High yield: another beneficiary of financial repression Monetary and fiscal stimulus provided impactful backstops for large and small companies. While the 2020 recession was twice as deep as in 2009, high yield and leverage loan default rates are showing signs of peaking at just half the 2009 level. The same is true for manufacturing and service sector bankruptcy filings, which have also already peaked at roughly half of 2009 levels.

The flood of liquidity prompted investors to pile into high yield bonds last year. Pay attention, however; underwriting standards and covenant protections have weakened sharply. In July 2019, we examined deteriorating underwriting standards in the loan market4, and little has changed since then. While credit spreads have rallied, there are signs that investors have paid a price for overly aggressive underwriting: declining recovery rates on defaulted HY bonds/loans.

I don’t have much to say about investment grade corporate bonds. Net of inflation, the yield on the Barclays Investment Grade Corporate Bond Index is now slightly negative. Pass.

4 Eye on The Market, “The food fight over covenant-lite leveraged loans”, July 2019

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

High yield bonds

Leveraged loans

Source: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. November 2020.

US high yield bond and leveraged loan default ratesLast twelve month par-weighted default rate

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

'95 '97 '99 '01 '03 '05 '07 '09 '11 '13 '15 '17 '19 '21Source: Bloomberg, J.P. Morgan HY Team. December 29, 2020.

US high yield corporate bond spreadsJPDFHYI index spread versus Treasury, basis points

HY energy

-$20-$15-$10-$5$0$5

$10$15$20$25

2017 2018 2019 2020

High yield fund flowsLeveraged loan fund flows

US high yield and leveraged loan fund flows$bn

Source: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. November 2020.

0102030405060708090

100

1990 1996 2002 2008 2014 2020

First lien loansHigh yield bonds

US high yield bond and institutional loan recovery rates Cents on the dollar

Source: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. November 2020.

Executive Summary

Diferenciales de los bonos corporativos high yield estadounidensesDiferencial del índice JPDFHY vs. bonos del Tesoro, puntos básicos

Fuente: Bloomberg, equipo de HY de J.P. Morgan. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

9

High yield: another beneficiary of financial repression While the 2020 recession was twice as deep as in 2008/2009, high yield and leverage loan default rates are showing signs of peaking at just half the 2009 level. The flood of liquidity prompted investors to pile into high yield bonds last year (third chart). Pay attention, however; underwriting standards and covenant protections have weakened sharply. In July 2019, we examined deteriorating underwriting standards in the loan market4, and little has changed since then. While credit spreads have rallied, there are signs that investors have paid a price for overly aggressive underwriting: declining recovery rates on defaulted HY bonds/loans (last chart).

I don’t have much to say about investment grade corporate bonds. Net of inflation, the yield on the Barclays Investment Grade Corporate Bond Index is now slightly negative.

4 Eye on The Market, “The food fight over covenant-lite leveraged loans”, July 2019

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

High yield bonds

Leveraged loans

US high yield bond and leveraged loan default ratesLast twelve month par-weighted default rate

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

'95 '97 '99 '01 '03 '05 '07 '09 '11 '13 '15 '17 '19 '21Source: Bloomberg, J.P. Morgan HY Team. December 17, 2020.

US high yield corporate bond spreadsJPDFHYI index spread versus Treasury, basis points

HY energy

-$20-$15-$10-$5$0$5

$10$15$20$25

2017 2018 2019 2020

High yield fund flowsLeveraged loan fund flows

Source: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. November 2020.

0102030405060708090

100

1990 1996 2002 2008 2014 2020

First lien loansHigh yield bonds

US high yield bond and institutional loan recovery rates Cents on the dollar

Executive Summary

Flujos de fondos de bonos high yield y préstamos bancarios estadounidensesMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

9

High yield: another beneficiary of financial repression While the 2020 recession was twice as deep as in 2008/2009, high yield and leverage loan default rates are showing signs of peaking at just half the 2009 level. The flood of liquidity prompted investors to pile into high yield bonds last year (third chart). Pay attention, however; underwriting standards and covenant protections have weakened sharply. In July 2019, we examined deteriorating underwriting standards in the loan market4, and little has changed since then. While credit spreads have rallied, there are signs that investors have paid a price for overly aggressive underwriting: declining recovery rates on defaulted HY bonds/loans (last chart).

I don’t have much to say about investment grade corporate bonds. Net of inflation, the yield on the Barclays Investment Grade Corporate Bond Index is now slightly negative.

4 Eye on The Market, “The food fight over covenant-lite leveraged loans”, July 2019

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

1999 2002 2005 2008 2011 2014 2017 2020

High yield bonds

Leveraged loans

US high yield bond and leveraged loan default ratesLast twelve month par-weighted default rate

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

'95 '97 '99 '01 '03 '05 '07 '09 '11 '13 '15 '17 '19 '21Source: Bloomberg, J.P. Morgan HY Team. December 17, 2020.

US high yield corporate bond spreadsJPDFHYI index spread versus Treasury, basis points

HY energy

-$20-$15-$10-$5$0$5

$10$15$20$25

2017 2018 2019 2020

High yield fund flowsLeveraged loan fund flows

Source: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. November 2020.

0102030405060708090

100

1990 1996 2002 2008 2014 2020

First lien loansHigh yield bonds

US high yield bond and institutional loan recovery rates Cents on the dollar

Executive Summary

Tasas de recuperación de bonos high yield y préstamos institucionales estadounidensesCentavos de dólar

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. Noviembre de 2020.

Page 16: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

15

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí RESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Conclusión: Perspectivas 2021 y Principales Temas de Inversión

Se necesitará tiempo, probablemente entre 3 y 4 meses, para que las vacunas logren controlar la pandemia en los países desarrollados5. Por otro lado, la sociedad estadounidense está muy dividida, no sólo políticamente, sino también por sus opiniones médicas: existe mucha resistencia a las vacunas. Las últimas encuestas muestran que entre el 15% y el 30% de personas no planea vacunarse (de todos los países encuestados, sólo hay más resistencia en Francia; ver portal web sobre el virus, Sección 3).

Aun así, a medida que la distribución de la vacuna ayude a controlar la pandemia, se liberará el gasto potencial acumulado, y creemos que la Reserva Federal no intentará frenarlo. El primer gráfico muestra una estimación del gasto potencial comparado con el consumo real; el diferencial es significativo. Aunque el crecimiento de los sueldos y salarios ha sido débil comparado con recesiones anteriores, las transferencias han sido mucho mayores. El segundo gráfico, sobre la Reserva Federal, es cruel pero justo: durante gran parte de la década, la Reserva Federal se ha equivocado al estimar hacia dónde se dirigía la economía, sobreestimando constantemente los riesgos de inflación, la fortaleza de la recuperación y la dirección futura de los tipos de interés. Tras una década de previsiones inútiles, tengo la sensación de que la Reserva Federal esperará a observar indicios clarísimos de inflación antes de subir los tipos. Es probable que otros bancos centrales sigan el mismo enfoque; los diferenciales de producción, que miden la capacidad industrial y la mano de obra sin utilizar, son elevados en todo el mundo salvo en China (ver dos últimos gráficos).

5 Estados Unidos está lejos de la inmunidad de rebaño, según la mayoría de las estimaciones: los datos de la CDC de octubre indicaban que, en 40 estados, menos del 10% de la población tenía anticuerpos.

Executive Summary

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

10

Wrapping up: our 2021 Outlook and Special Investment Topics

It will take time for vaccines to bring the pandemic under control; the logistical challenges are immense, and the US is a long way from herd immunity (CDC data as of October indicate that in 40 states, antibody presence was still less than 10%). Furthermore, the US is not only divided politically, but also medically: there’s a lot of vaccine resistance, with recent polls showing that 15%-30% of people don’t plan to get it.

Even so, as vaccine rollouts eventually bring the pandemic under control, accumulated spending potential will be unleashed, and we think the Fed will do little to constrain it. The first chart shows an estimate of spending potential compared to actual consumption; the gap is large. While wage and salary growth has been weak compared to prior recessions, transfer payments have been much larger. On the Fed, the second chart is cruel but fair: for the better part of a decade, the Fed was wrong about where the economy was going, as it consistently overestimated inflation risks, the strength of the recovery and the path of future policy rates. After a decade of forecasting futility, my sense is that the Fed will wait to see a four-alarm fire of inflation before raising rates. Other central banks will likely take the same approach; output gaps, which measure unused labor and industrial capacity, are large everywhere but China (see bottom 2 charts).

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

1972 1980 1988 1996 2004 2012 2020

Hun

dred

s

Source: Empirical Research. Q3 2020. Spending potential: 65% of taxable income, 100% of transfer payments, 10% of housing wealth and 1.5% of financial wealth.

Due to COVID, potential spending exceeds actual consumption, y/y % change

Spending potential

Consumption growth

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

2012 2014 2017 2020 2022

Median FOMC projection of Fed funds rateEffective Fed funds rate

Fed projections vs actual Fed funds rateFed funds rate, %

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

ChinaEmerging AsiaDeveloped WorldEmerging Asia ex-ChinaLatin America

Output gaps, 2006-present%, actual GDP relative to potential GDP

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

Jan '19 Jul '19 Jan '20 Jul '20

ChinaEmerging AsiaDeveloped WorldEmerging Asia ex-ChinaLatin America

Output gaps, 2019-present%, actual GDP relative to potential GDP

Source: J.P. Morgan Economic Research. Q3 2020.

Executive Summary

Debido al COVID, el gasto potencial supera al consumo realCambio porcentual interanual

Fuente: Empirical Research. Tercer trimestre de 2020. Gasto potencial: 65% de bases imponibles, 100% de transferencias, 10% de patrimonio inmobiliario y 1,5% de patrimonio financiero.

EYE ON T HE M ARKET 2 021 OUTL OOK • MI CH AEL CEM BAL EST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

10

Wrapping up: our 2021 Outlook and Special Investment Topics

It will probably take 3-4 months for vaccinations to permanently shift developed world hospitalization and mortality curves down given the logistics involved5. Furthermore, the US is not only divided politically, but also medically: there’s a lot of vaccine resistance, with recent polls showing that 15%-30% of people don’t plan to get it (of countries surveyed, only the “French Resistance” is higher; see virus web portal Section 3).

Even so, as vaccine rollouts eventually mitigate COVID risks, pent-up spending potential will be unleashed and we think the Fed will do little to constrain it. The first chart shows estimated spending potential compared to actual consumption; the gap is still large. While wage and salary growth has been weak compared to prior recessions, transfer payments have been much larger. On the Fed, the second chart is cruel but fair: for the better part of a decade, the Fed was wrong about where the economy was going, as it consistently overestimated inflation risks, the strength of the recovery and the path of future policy rates. After a decade of forecasting futility, my sense is that the Fed will wait to see a four-alarm fire of inflation before raising rates. Other central banks will likely take the same approach; output gaps, which measure unused labor and industrial capacity, are large everywhere but China (see bottom 2 charts).

5 The US is a long way from most estimates of herd immunity: CDC data as of October indicate that in 40 states, antibody presence was still less than 10%.

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

1972 1980 1988 1996 2004 2012 2020

Due to COVID, potential spending exceeds actual consumption, y/y % change

Spending potential

Consumption growth

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

2012 2014 2017 2020 2022

Median FOMC projection of Fed funds rateEffective Fed funds rate

Fed projections vs actual Fed funds rateFed funds rate, %

Source: Federal Reserve, JPMAM. December 15, 2020.

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

ChinaEmerging AsiaDeveloped WorldEmerging Asia ex-ChinaLatin America

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

Jan '19 Jul '19 Jan '20 Jul '20

ChinaEmerging AsiaDeveloped WorldEmerging Asia ex-ChinaLatin America

Source: J.P. Morgan Economic Research. Q3 2020.

Executive Summary

Diferenciales de producción, 2006-presente%, PIB real relativo a PIB potencial

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Economic Research. Tercer trimestre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

10

Wrapping up: our 2021 Outlook and Special Investment Topics

It will take time for vaccines to bring the pandemic under control; the logistical challenges are immense, and the US is a long way from herd immunity (CDC data as of October indicate that in 40 states, antibody presence was still less than 10%). Furthermore, the US is not only divided politically, but also medically: there’s a lot of vaccine resistance, with recent polls showing that 15%-30% of people don’t plan to get it.

Even so, as vaccine rollouts eventually bring the pandemic under control, accumulated spending potential will be unleashed, and we think the Fed will do little to constrain it. The first chart shows an estimate of spending potential compared to actual consumption; the gap is large. While wage and salary growth has been weak compared to prior recessions, transfer payments have been much larger. On the Fed, the second chart is cruel but fair: for the better part of a decade, the Fed was wrong about where the economy was going, as it consistently overestimated inflation risks, the strength of the recovery and the path of future policy rates. After a decade of forecasting futility, my sense is that the Fed will wait to see a four-alarm fire of inflation before raising rates. Other central banks will likely take the same approach; output gaps, which measure unused labor and industrial capacity, are large everywhere but China (see bottom 2 charts).

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

1972 1980 1988 1996 2004 2012 2020

Hun

dred

s

Source: Empirical Research. Q3 2020. Spending potential: 65% of taxable income, 100% of transfer payments, 10% of housing wealth and 1.5% of financial wealth.

Due to COVID, potential spending exceeds actual consumption, y/y % change

Spending potential

Consumption growth

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

2012 2014 2017 2020 2022

Median FOMC projection of Fed funds rateEffective Fed funds rate

Fed projections vs actual Fed funds rateFed funds rate, %

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

ChinaEmerging AsiaDeveloped WorldEmerging Asia ex-ChinaLatin America

Output gaps, 2006-present%, actual GDP relative to potential GDP

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

Jan '19 Jul '19 Jan '20 Jul '20

ChinaEmerging AsiaDeveloped WorldEmerging Asia ex-ChinaLatin America

Output gaps, 2019-present%, actual GDP relative to potential GDP

Source: J.P. Morgan Economic Research. Q3 2020.

Executive Summary

Estimaciones de la Reserva Federal frente a tipo de intervención real de la Reserva FederalTipo de intervención de la Reserva Federal, %

Fuente: Reserva Federal, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 15 diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON T HE M ARKET 2 021 OUTL OOK • MI CH AEL CEM BAL EST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

10

Wrapping up: our 2021 Outlook and Special Investment Topics

It will probably take 3-4 months for vaccinations to permanently shift developed world hospitalization and mortality curves down given the logistics involved5. Furthermore, the US is not only divided politically, but also medically: there’s a lot of vaccine resistance, with recent polls showing that 15%-30% of people don’t plan to get it (of countries surveyed, only the “French Resistance” is higher; see virus web portal Section 3).

Even so, as vaccine rollouts eventually mitigate COVID risks, pent-up spending potential will be unleashed and we think the Fed will do little to constrain it. The first chart shows estimated spending potential compared to actual consumption; the gap is still large. While wage and salary growth has been weak compared to prior recessions, transfer payments have been much larger. On the Fed, the second chart is cruel but fair: for the better part of a decade, the Fed was wrong about where the economy was going, as it consistently overestimated inflation risks, the strength of the recovery and the path of future policy rates. After a decade of forecasting futility, my sense is that the Fed will wait to see a four-alarm fire of inflation before raising rates. Other central banks will likely take the same approach; output gaps, which measure unused labor and industrial capacity, are large everywhere but China (see bottom 2 charts).

5 The US is a long way from most estimates of herd immunity: CDC data as of October indicate that in 40 states, antibody presence was still less than 10%.

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

1972 1980 1988 1996 2004 2012 2020

Due to COVID, potential spending exceeds actual consumption, y/y % change

Spending potential

Consumption growth

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

2012 2014 2017 2020 2022

Median FOMC projection of Fed funds rateEffective Fed funds rate

Fed projections vs actual Fed funds rateFed funds rate, %

Source: Federal Reserve, JPMAM. December 15, 2020.

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

ChinaEmerging AsiaDeveloped WorldEmerging Asia ex-ChinaLatin America

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

Jan '19 Jul '19 Jan '20 Jul '20

ChinaEmerging AsiaDeveloped WorldEmerging Asia ex-ChinaLatin America

Source: J.P. Morgan Economic Research. Q3 2020.

Executive Summary

Diferenciales de producción, 2019-presente%, PIB real relativo a PIB potencial

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Economic Research. Tercer trimestre de 2020.

Page 17: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

16

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíRESUMEN E JECUTIVO

En conclusión, en 2021 esperamos un año de subidas de los mercados de renta variable estadounidenses cercanas al 10%, con tomas de beneficios por el camino, y con la advertencia de que mucho de lo que suceda dependerá de las decisiones sobre el filibuster y las decisiones de política fiscal. A partir de la página 21 analizamos detenidamente 10 principales temas de inversión, incluyendo estudios más detallados sobre China, Europa, los mercados emergentes y los riesgos antimonopolio de las compañías tecnológicas. A continuación, les presentamos un breve resumen de otras opiniones de mercado de cara al 2021:

• Seguimos defendiendo la sobre ponderación de Estados Unidos y mercados emergentes vs infra ponderación en Europa y Japón.

• Recomendamos buscar mejores niveles de entrada en energías renovables. No esperamos que se apruebe el Green New Deal, pero Biden sí podría prohibir los permisos de exportación de GNL, endurecer las normas sobre la fractura hidráulica en terrenos de propiedad pública, aumentar las obligaciones de información sobre de riesgos relacionados con el cambio climático y restablecer las normas de kilometraje de automóviles. También podría intentar aumentar la penetración de las energías renovables en la parrilla eléctrica a través de subvenciones y expropiaciones para infraestructuras de transmisión de corriente continua de alta tensión para energía eólica y solar. Recuerden que los estados de Estados Unidos fijan sus propios estándares para sus carteras de energías renovables; éstos no se fijan a nivel nacional. Nos gustan las energías renovables como inversión; no obstante, tras la última subida, merece la pena esperar mejores niveles de entrada.

• Si buscan posiciones deep value, recomendamos la energía tradicional, por los motivos que señalamos en nuestro artículo de Energía de 2020. Incluso tras una subida del 30% en noviembre de 2020, las acciones del sector petrolero y gasista del S&P 500 siguen cotizando a la mitad del valor en libros del mercado, su nivel más bajo desde 1928. Consideramos que los malos resultados del sector energético se explican principalmente por la pérdida de disciplina del capital, y no por el riesgo de una devaluación generalizada de sus activos. Además, consideramos poco probable que Biden resucite el acuerdo con Irán, que podría provocar la entrada de 1 millón de barriles por día adicionales en el mercado de petróleo global.

• Las acciones de infraestructuras podrían beneficiarse de una ley aprobada con apoyo bipartidista (las ETFs de infraestructuras y vehículos mixtos que inviertan en infraestructuras privadas serían dos formas de plasmar esta opinión).

• Mantenemos una posición de cautela en farmacéuticas de gran capitalización: es posible que se apruebe con apoyo bipartidista una ley de medicamentos con prescripción, y el ejecutivo también podría implementar proyectos de demostración que provoquen la caída de los precios de los medicamentos de Medicare Part D hasta los niveles internacionales.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

11

To conclude, we anticipate a year of ~10% US equity market gains in 2021 with bouts of profit-taking along the way, with the caveat that a lot rests on runoff election outcomes and filibuster decisions. We take a closer look at 10 Special Investment Topics starting on page 13, including deeper dives on China, Europe, Emerging Markets and tech antitrust issues. Here’s a quick summary of other market views for 2021:

Continue to overweight the US and EM vs underweights to Europe and Japan Look for better entry levels on renewable energy. We don’t anticipate a Green New Deal, but Biden can

still disallow LNG export permits, tighten fracking rules on public lands, increase climate risk disclosure andreinstate auto mileage standards. Biden can also try to boost penetration of grid renewables throughsubsidies and eminent domain decisions on HVDC transmission infrastructure for wind/solar. Remember,US states set their own renewable portfolio standards; they are not set at the national level. We likerenewable energy as an investment, but after the recent spike it pays to wait for better entry levels

For deeper value, own traditional energy for reasons outlined in our 2020 Energy paper. Even after a 30%rally in November 2020, the S&P 500 oil & gas sector still trades at half the book value of the market, thelowest level since 1928. We see the loss of capital discipline rather than stranded asset risks as the primarydriver of poor energy sector performance. In addition, we consider it unlikely that Biden will resuscitate anIran deal that could release another 1mm bpd onto the global oil market

Infrastructure stocks may benefit from a bill given bipartisan support (infrastructure ETFs and open-endedcommingled vehicles investing in private infrastructure are two ways to express this view)

Cautious on large cap pharma: a bipartisan prescription drug bill is possible, and the Executive Branch canalso implement demonstration projects that bring Medicare Part D drug prices down to international levels

One last thing. Conventional wisdom is that Congressional gridlock is good for equity markets. This has been the pattern, and I suspect it will be true in 2021 as well. But there’s a difference between gridlock and what we have now: as shown on the next page, the US is more intensely partisan than at any time in the last 100 years, and it’s armed to the teeth by citizens who increasingly view the other side as immoral individuals with no integrity on politics and elections. There is very strange fruit that can come out of this that I would rather not speculate on. I will simply say that the collapse of Congressional moderates has coincided with a decline in US GDP growth, and that’s not a good sign in the long run.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Moderates in Congress and GDP growth that followed%

Source: Conference Board; Congressional Budget Office (GDP projections to 2028); Voteview database (Lewis et al., UCLA); JPMAM calculations. 2020.

Subsequent 10-year cumulative real GDP growth

Moderates as a percentage of the House and Senate (Voteview scores > -0.25, < 0.25)

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

2016 2017 2018 2020

Global alternative vs traditional energy performanceIndex, Jan 2016 = 100

MSCI All-Country World Energy Index

MSCI Global Alternative Energy Index

Executive Summary

Moderados en el Congreso y crecimiento del PIB en los años siguientes%

Fuente: Conference Board, Oficina Presupuestaria del Congreso (proyecciones del PIB hasta 2028); base de datos de Voteview (Lewis et al., UCLA); cálculos de J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 2020.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

11

To conclude, we anticipate a year of ~10% US equity market gains in 2021 with bouts of profit-taking along the way, with the caveat that a lot rests on runoff election outcomes and filibuster decisions. We take a closer look at 10 Special Investment Topics starting on page 13, including deeper dives on China, Europe, Emerging Markets and tech antitrust issues. Here’s a quick summary of other market views for 2021:

Continue to overweight the US and EM vs underweights to Europe and Japan Look for better entry levels on renewable energy. We don’t anticipate a Green New Deal, but Biden can

still disallow LNG export permits, tighten fracking rules on public lands, increase climate risk disclosure andreinstate auto mileage standards. Biden can also try to boost penetration of grid renewables throughsubsidies and eminent domain decisions on HVDC transmission infrastructure for wind/solar. Remember,US states set their own renewable portfolio standards; they are not set at the national level. We likerenewable energy as an investment, but after the recent spike it pays to wait for better entry levels

For deeper value, own traditional energy for reasons outlined in our 2020 Energy paper. Even after a 30%rally in November 2020, the S&P 500 oil & gas sector still trades at half the book value of the market, thelowest level since 1928. We see the loss of capital discipline rather than stranded asset risks as the primarydriver of poor energy sector performance. In addition, we consider it unlikely that Biden will resuscitate anIran deal that could release another 1mm bpd onto the global oil market

Infrastructure stocks may benefit from a bill given bipartisan support (infrastructure ETFs and open-endedcommingled vehicles investing in private infrastructure are two ways to express this view)

Cautious on large cap pharma: a bipartisan prescription drug bill is possible, and the Executive Branch canalso implement demonstration projects that bring Medicare Part D drug prices down to international levels

One last thing. Conventional wisdom is that Congressional gridlock is good for equity markets. This has been the pattern, and I suspect it will be true in 2021 as well. But there’s a difference between gridlock and what we have now: as shown on the next page, the US is more intensely partisan than at any time in the last 100 years, and it’s armed to the teeth by citizens who increasingly view the other side as immoral individuals with no integrity on politics and elections. There is very strange fruit that can come out of this that I would rather not speculate on. I will simply say that the collapse of Congressional moderates has coincided with a decline in US GDP growth, and that’s not a good sign in the long run.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Moderates in Congress and GDP growth that followed%

Source: Conference Board; Congressional Budget Office (GDP projections to 2028); Voteview database (Lewis et al., UCLA); JPMAM calculations. 2020.

Subsequent 10-year cumulative real GDP growth

Moderates as a percentage of the House and Senate (Voteview scores > -0.25, < 0.25)

50

75

100

125

150

175

200

225

250

2016 2017 2018 2020

Global alternative vs traditional energy performanceIndex, Jan 2016 = 100

MSCI All-Country World Energy Index

MSCI Global Alternative Energy Index

Executive Summary

Rentabilidad del índice Global Alternative frente a energía tradicionalÍndice, enero de 2016=100

Fuente: Bloomberg. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

Page 18: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

17

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí RESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Por último, es creencia común que el bloqueo del Congreso es bueno para los mercados de renta variable. Éste ha sido el caso hasta ahora, y sospecho que sucederá también en 2021. Sin embargo, existe una diferencia entre un simple bloqueo y lo que tenemos ahora: Como mostramos en la página siguiente, Estados Unidos está más polarizado que en cualquier momento de los últimos 100 años, y sus ciudadanos, que están armados hasta los dientes, cada vez más consideran a los del otro lado como personas inmorales, sin integridad alguna en lo que se refiere a la política y las elecciones. Desgraciadamente, el colapso de los moderados en el Congreso ha coincidido con un descenso del crecimiento del PIB de Estados Unidos, lo que no es una buena señal a largo plazo.

Page 19: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

18

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíRESUMEN E JECUTIVO

Anexo al Resumen Ejecutivo: Estados Unidos, en guerra consigo mismoEl equilibrio partidista en el gobierno federal y las distintas ramas del gobierno local está dividido casi exactamente al 50%, y la ventaja de los demócratas en el Congreso es de las más pequeñas desde el año 1901.

Muchos votantes del partido republicano creen que las elecciones no han sido justas, que el voto por correo ha sido un fraude, que los tribunales no son imparciales y que Trump no debería admitir la derrota. De forma más general, un número cada vez mayor de personas consideran que el otro partido es “inmoral”; por primera vez, el sentimiento de atracción hacia el propio partido se ve superado por el sentimiento de antipatía por el partido contrario y, como se muestra en el último gráfico de la página siguiente, Estados Unidos se ha armado hasta los dientes.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

12

Executive Summary Appendix: The US, at war with itself The partisanship balance across Federal and local branches of government is almost exactly split 50/50, and the Democratic advantage in the House is among the smallest since 1901.

Many GOP voters believe the election was unfair5, that mail-in voting led to fraud, that courts are biased and that Trump should not concede. More broadly, an increasing number of people see the opposing party as “immoral”; the feelings of attraction to one’s own party are now for the first time outweighed by feelings of antipathy for the opposing party; and as shown in the last chart, the US has armed itself to the teeth.

5 We expect any challenges related to electoral slates to fail at the Joint Session on January 6th for the reasons spelled out in the election law primer we included as part of the 2020 Eye on the Market Holiday Piece. See page 7.

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

Federal/State Partisan Balance Index, 1937-2021, % control of the House, Senate, Governorships, State Senates & State Houses

Republican control

Democratic control

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

Democratic control

Republican control

Partisan House leadership by majority party since 1901%, in descending order of House advantage

Source: House.gov, JPMAM. November 2020.

2021

LBJ era, 1965

JFK era, 1961

FDR era, 1937

2015 red wave

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

Election wasunfair

Mail-in voting ledto fraud

Courts arebiased against

Trump

Trump shouldnot concede "no

matter what"

GOP voter surveysPercent of GOP respondents

Source: Morning Consult, Politico. December 13, 2020.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

2016 2019

Democrat view of RepublicansRepublican view of Democrats

Source: Pew Research Center. 2019.

-40°

-30°

-20°

-10°

10°

20°

30°

40°Warmth toward

own party

Antipathy toward opposing party

'76 '80 '84 '88 '92 '96 '00 '04 '08 '12 '16 '20

Sandy Hook San Bernardino

Parkland

COVID-19

-1.0

-0.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20Source: FBI National Instant Criminal Background Check System. Oct 2020.

Executive Summary

Índice de equilibrio partidista federal/estatal, 1937-2021, % de control del Congreso, Senado, Gobernadores, Senados de los estados y Congresos de los estados

Fuente: House.gov, Senate.gov, NCSL, Southeast Missouri State University, Ballotpedia, Klarnerpolitics, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

12

Executive Summary Appendix: The US, at war with itself The partisanship balance across Federal and local branches of government is almost exactly split 50/50, and the Democratic advantage in the House is among the smallest since 1901.

Many GOP voters believe the election was unfair5, that mail-in voting led to fraud, that courts are biased and that Trump should not concede. More broadly, an increasing number of people see the opposing party as “immoral”; the feelings of attraction to one’s own party are now for the first time outweighed by feelings of antipathy for the opposing party; and as shown in the last chart, the US has armed itself to the teeth.

5 We expect any challenges related to electoral slates to fail at the Joint Session on January 6th for the reasons spelled out in the election law primer we included as part of the 2020 Eye on the Market Holiday Piece. See page 7.

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

Federal/State Partisan Balance Index, 1937-2021, % control of the House, Senate, Governorships, State Senates & State Houses

Republican control

Democratic control

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

Democratic control

Republican control

Partisan House leadership by majority party since 1901%, in descending order of House advantage

Source: House.gov, JPMAM. November 2020.

2021

LBJ era, 1965

JFK era, 1961

FDR era, 1937

2015 red wave

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

Election wasunfair

Mail-in voting ledto fraud

Courts arebiased against

Trump

Trump shouldnot concede "no

matter what"

GOP voter surveysPercent of GOP respondents

Source: Morning Consult, Politico. December 13, 2020.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

2016 2019

Democrat view of RepublicansRepublican view of Democrats

Source: Pew Research Center. 2019.

-40°

-30°

-20°

-10°

10°

20°

30°

40°Warmth toward

own party

Antipathy toward opposing party

'76 '80 '84 '88 '92 '96 '00 '04 '08 '12 '16 '20

Sandy Hook San Bernardino

Parkland

COVID-19

-1.0

-0.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20Source: FBI National Instant Criminal Background Check System. Oct 2020.

Executive Summary

Encuestas a votantes del partido republicanoPorcentaje de encuestados republicanos

Fuente: Morning Consult, Politico. 13 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

12

Executive Summary Appendix: The US, at war with itself The partisanship balance across Federal and local branches of government is almost exactly split 50/50, and the Democratic advantage in the House is among the smallest since 1901.

Many GOP voters believe the election was unfair5, that mail-in voting led to fraud, that courts are biased and that Trump should not concede. More broadly, an increasing number of people see the opposing party as “immoral”; the feelings of attraction to one’s own party are now for the first time outweighed by feelings of antipathy for the opposing party; and as shown in the last chart, the US has armed itself to the teeth.

5 We expect any challenges related to electoral slates to fail at the Joint Session on January 6th for the reasons spelled out in the election law primer we included as part of the 2020 Eye on the Market Holiday Piece. See page 7.

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

Federal/State Partisan Balance Index, 1937-2021, % control of the House, Senate, Governorships, State Senates & State Houses

Republican control

Democratic control

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

Democratic control

Republican control

Partisan House leadership by majority party since 1901%, in descending order of House advantage

Source: House.gov, JPMAM. November 2020.

2021

LBJ era, 1965

JFK era, 1961

FDR era, 1937

2015 red wave

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

Election wasunfair

Mail-in voting ledto fraud

Courts arebiased against

Trump

Trump shouldnot concede "no

matter what"

GOP voter surveysPercent of GOP respondents

Source: Morning Consult, Politico. December 13, 2020.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

2016 2019

Democrat view of RepublicansRepublican view of Democrats

Source: Pew Research Center. 2019.

-40°

-30°

-20°

-10°

10°

20°

30°

40°Warmth toward

own party

Antipathy toward opposing party

'76 '80 '84 '88 '92 '96 '00 '04 '08 '12 '16 '20

Sandy Hook San Bernardino

Parkland

COVID-19

-1.0

-0.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20Source: FBI National Instant Criminal Background Check System. Oct 2020.

Executive Summary

Porcentaje de encuestados que consideran que los votantes del partido contrario son inmorales

Fuente: Pew Research Center. 2019.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

12

Executive Summary Appendix: The US, at war with itself The partisanship balance across Federal and local branches of government is almost exactly split 50/50, and the Democratic advantage in the House is among the smallest since 1901.

Many GOP voters believe the election was unfair5, that mail-in voting led to fraud, that courts are biased and that Trump should not concede. More broadly, an increasing number of people see the opposing party as “immoral”; the feelings of attraction to one’s own party are now for the first time outweighed by feelings of antipathy for the opposing party; and as shown in the last chart, the US has armed itself to the teeth.

5 We expect any challenges related to electoral slates to fail at the Joint Session on January 6th for the reasons spelled out in the election law primer we included as part of the 2020 Eye on the Market Holiday Piece. See page 7.

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

Federal/State Partisan Balance Index, 1937-2021, % control of the House, Senate, Governorships, State Senates & State Houses

Republican control

Democratic control

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

Democratic control

Republican control

Partisan House leadership by majority party since 1901%, in descending order of House advantage

Source: House.gov, JPMAM. November 2020.

2021

LBJ era, 1965

JFK era, 1961

FDR era, 1937

2015 red wave

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

Election wasunfair

Mail-in voting ledto fraud

Courts arebiased against

Trump

Trump shouldnot concede "no

matter what"

GOP voter surveysPercent of GOP respondents

Source: Morning Consult, Politico. December 13, 2020.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

2016 2019

Democrat view of RepublicansRepublican view of Democrats

Source: Pew Research Center. 2019.

-40°

-30°

-20°

-10°

10°

20°

30°

40°Warmth toward

own party

Antipathy toward opposing party

'76 '80 '84 '88 '92 '96 '00 '04 '08 '12 '16 '20

Sandy Hook San Bernardino

Parkland

COVID-19

-1.0

-0.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20Source: FBI National Instant Criminal Background Check System. Oct 2020.

Executive Summary

Liderazgo partidista por partido mayoritario desde 1901%, en orden descendiente de ventaja en el Congreso

Fuente: House.gov, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Noviembre de 2020.

Page 20: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

19

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí RESUMEN E JECUTIVO

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

12

Executive Summary Appendix: The US, at war with itself The partisanship balance across Federal and local branches of government is almost exactly split 50/50, and the Democratic advantage in the House is among the smallest since 1901.

Many GOP voters believe the election was unfair5, that mail-in voting led to fraud, that courts are biased and that Trump should not concede. More broadly, an increasing number of people see the opposing party as “immoral”; the feelings of attraction to one’s own party are now for the first time outweighed by feelings of antipathy for the opposing party; and as shown in the last chart, the US has armed itself to the teeth.

5 We expect any challenges related to electoral slates to fail at the Joint Session on January 6th for the reasons spelled out in the election law primer we included as part of the 2020 Eye on the Market Holiday Piece. See page 7.

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

Federal/State Partisan Balance Index, 1937-2021, % control of the House, Senate, Governorships, State Senates & State Houses

Republican control

Democratic control

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

Democratic control

Republican control

Partisan House leadership by majority party since 1901%, in descending order of House advantage

Source: House.gov, JPMAM. November 2020.

2021

LBJ era, 1965

JFK era, 1961

FDR era, 1937

2015 red wave

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

Election wasunfair

Mail-in voting ledto fraud

Courts arebiased against

Trump

Trump shouldnot concede "no

matter what"

GOP voter surveysPercent of GOP respondents

Source: Morning Consult, Politico. December 13, 2020.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

2016 2019

Democrat view of RepublicansRepublican view of Democrats

Source: Pew Research Center. 2019.

-40°

-30°

-20°

-10°

10°

20°

30°

40°Warmth toward

own party

Antipathy toward opposing party

'76 '80 '84 '88 '92 '96 '00 '04 '08 '12 '16 '20

Sandy Hook San Bernardino

Parkland

COVID-19

-1.0

-0.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20Source: FBI National Instant Criminal Background Check System. Oct 2020.

Executive Summary

Sentimiento de encuestados por su propio partido frente al partido contrarioGrado de apoyo del partido; escala -50º - 50º (0º=neutro)

Fuente: Political Sectarianism in America”, Finkel et al., Science Magazine. Octubre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUT L OOK • MI CH AEL CEM BAL EST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l co ro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

12

Executive Summary Appendix: The US, at war with itself The partisanship balance across Federal and local branches of government is almost exactly split 50/50, and the Democratic advantage in the House is among the smallest since 1901.

Many GOP voters believe the election was unfair, that mail-in voting led to fraud, that courts are biased and that Trump should not concede. More broadly, an increasing number of people see the opposing party as “immoral”; the feelings of attraction to one’s own party are now for the first time outweighed by feelings of antipathy for the opposing party; and as shown in the last chart, the US has armed itself to the teeth.

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017

Federal/State Partisan Balance Index, 1937-2021, % control of the House, Senate, Governorships, State Senates & State Houses

Source: House.gov, Senate.gov, NCSL, Southeast Missouri State University, Ballotpedia, Klarnerpolitics, JPMAM. 2020.

Republican control

Democratic control

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

Democratic control

Republican control

Partisan House leadership by majority party since 1901%, in descending order of House advantage

Source: House.gov, JPMAM. November 2020.

2021

LBJ era, 1965

JFK era, 1961

FDR era, 1937

2015 red wave

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

Election wasunfair

Mail-in voting ledto fraud

Courts arebiased against

Trump

Trump shouldnot concede "no

matter what"

GOP voter surveysPercent of GOP respondents

Source: Morning Consult, Politico. December 13, 2020.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

2016 2019

Democrat view of RepublicansRepublican view of Democrats

Percentage of respondents who believe members of opposing party are immoral

Source: Pew Research Center. 2019.

-40°

-30°

-20°

-10°

10°

20°

30°

40°

'76 '80 '84 '88 '92 '96 '00 '04 '08 '12 '16 '20

Survey respondents' feeling toward own vs opposing partyDegrees of support toward party; -50°-50° scale (0° = neutral)

Warmth toward own party

Antipathy toward opposing party

Source: "Political sectarianism in America", Finkel et al., Science Magazine. October 2020.

Sandy Hook San Bernardino

Parkland

COVID/election

-1.0

-0.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20Source: FBI National Instant Criminal Background Check System. Oct 2020.

Executive Summary

Ventas mensuales de armas de fuego, aproximación en función de antecedentesMillones, desviación de número esperado de comprobaciones de antecedentes

Fuente: Sistema de comprobación instantánea de antecedentes penales del FBI. Octubre de 2020.

Page 21: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

20

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíRESUMEN E JECUTIVO

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPECTIVAS 2021

TEMAS ESPECIALES

Page 22: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

21

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí TEMAS ESPECIALES

2021 PRINCIPALES TEMAS DE INVERSIÓN

Este año realizamos un análisis más detallado de China: sus conflictos comerciales y militares con Estados Unidos que se están produciendo al mismo tiempo en el que se prevé un aumento de su ponderación en los índices de renta variable y renta fija. Volveremos a abordar los motivos por qué Estados Unidos logra sistemáticamente mejores resultados que Europa y Japón, y el efecto de los tipos negativos en los bancos europeos. Para los inversores value, analizamos los mercados emergentes, que preferimos con respecto a Europa, dada la ventaja de las valoraciones de los primeros (múltiplos PER, valoraciones de divisa y riesgos de balanza de pagos). Examinamos los riesgos antimonopolio y fiscales a los que se enfrentan las acciones estadounidenses de mayor capitalización bursátil y, para aquellos inversores que luchan contra el impacto de los tipos de interés a cero, analizamos las inversiones híbridas como forma de mejorar las rentabilidades y la propuesta de valor del oro. Concluimos con un comentario sobre la deuda federal estadounidense y la durabilidad de la condición de divisa-reserva del dólar.

En este artículo de Perspectivas no hablaremos del coronavirus, dado que seguimos manteniendo nuestro portal web sobre el virus con información detallada sobre infecciones, mortalidad, vacunas, medicamentos antivirales y otras intervenciones terapéuticas, al que podrá acceder pinchando en el enlace: www.jpmorgan.com/coronavirus-research

TEMAS ESPECIALES

[1] Conflicto económico entre Estados Unidos y China: de menor intensidad, pero ha llegado para quedarse[2] Conflicto militar entre Estados Unidos y China: cambio en el equilibrio de poderes[3] El inversor global mantiene una infra ponderación en China [4] ¿Por qué el mercado de renta variable estadounidense sigue superando a los mercados de Europa

y Japón?[5] ¿Qué efecto están teniendo los tipos de interés negativos en los bancos europeos?[6] Mercados emergentes: atractivos por tres motivos[7] Medidas antimonopolio: afectarán próximamente a una de las principales compañías tecnológicas [8] “Fallen angels” e inversiones híbridas en las carteras diversificadas [9] Subida del oro: por ahora, modesta [10] El aumento de la deuda federal estadounidense probablemente sea permanente

222528

30313233384042

Page 23: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

22

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíCONFLIC TO ECONÓMICO

[1] Conflicto económico entre Estados Unidos y China: un conflicto de menor intensidad, pero ha llegado para quedarse

Los mercados empezaron a descontar una reducción sustancial de la intensidad de la guerra comercial según aumentaron las expectativas de una victoria de Biden. Sin embargo, creo que Biden actuará lentamente en relación a esta cuestión; en 2016, los republicanos aumentaron sus votantes en las regiones que más habían sufrido la competencia de las importaciones de China1, y sospecho que en 2020 volvió a suceder lo mismo. Aunque Biden podría bajar el tono de la retórica, no creo que sus políticas lo reflejen. China sólo ha cumplido sus compromisos de compras de la Fase I del acuerdo comercial en un 30%-70%, y a ambos partidos les preocupa el mercantilismo y el respeto por los derechos humanos en China, incluido el problema de los trabajos forzados y las importaciones estadounidenses2. Un acuerdo para eliminar aranceles a cambio del compromiso de China de facilitar el acceso a su mercado a las empresas de servicios estadounidenses (finanzas, seguros, sanitarios, jurídicos y comercio electrónico) podría ser un indicio positivo.

1 “A Note on the Effect of Rising Trade Exposure on the 2016 Presidential Election”, Autor (MIT) et al., marzo de 2017. Los autores encontraron que el aumento de la competencia a causa de las importaciones tuvo un fuerte impacto en el aumento de la cuota electoral de los republicanos, y que Michigan, Wisconsin y Pensilvania habrían votado por Clinton si la penetración de las importaciones chinas hubiera crecido un 50% menos que su incremento efectivo desde el año 2000 (año de entrada de China en la OMC).

2 La Ley de Prevención de Trabajos Forzados de los Uyghur fue aprobada en el Congreso por una mayoría de 406 a 3, y se espera que sea aprobada en el Senado a pesar del gran esfuerzo del lobby de compañías estadounidenses cuyas cadenas de suministro podrían verse afectadas por la misma. Si desea leer más sobre el tema, vea “Uyghurs for Sale”, Australian Strategic Policy Institute, 1/3/2020, y “China’s Detention Camps for Muslims Turn to Forced Labor”, New York Times, 16/12/2018.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

14

[1] US-China economic conflict: lower intensity, but here to stay

Equity markets began pricing in a substantial reduction in trade war intensity in July alongside expectations of a Biden victory (see first chart). However, I think Biden will move slowly here; in 2016, Republicans gained voters in communities suffering the most from Chinese import competition6 and I suspect the same was true in 2020. While Biden might tone down the rhetoric, I’m not sure the policies will be. China is only 25%-50% compliant with its Phase I trade deal purchase agreements, and there’s bipartisan concern about Chinese mercantilism and human rights issues, including the issue of forced labor and US imports7. A positive early sign could be a deal in which tariffs are scrapped in favor of China’s willingness to ease access to US services firms (finance, insurance, health, legal and e-commerce).

6 “A Note on the Effect of Rising Trade Exposure on the 2016 Presidential Election”, Autor (MIT) et al, March 2017. The authors found that rising import competition had a large impact on Republican vote share gains, and that Michigan, Wisconsin and Pennsylvania would have elected Clinton instead if the growth in Chinese import penetration had been 50% lower than its actual growth since 2000 (China’s WTO entry). 7 The Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act passed the House 406 to 3 and is expected to pass the Senate despite intense lobbying efforts of US companies whose supply chains may be affected. For background reading, see “Uyghurs for Sale”, Australian Strategic Policy Institute, 3/1/2020, and “China’s Detention Camps for Muslims Turn to Forced Labor”, New York Times, 12/16/2018.

75

80

85

90

95

100

105

Jan-18 Jul-18 Dec-18 Jun-19 Dec-19 Jun-20 Dec-20

Relative performance of companies with high exposure to US-China trade war vs S&P 500, Jan 2018 = 100

1743

733

83

26

52% 51%

27%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

$0$10$20$30$40$50$60$70$80$90

$100

Agriculture Manufacturing Energy

China imports from USin 2020 (lhs)Phase 1 2020 Target(lhs)Purchases as share of2020 target (rhs)

Progress of US-China Phase 1 purchase agreementUS$, billions % of 2020 target

Mercantilism Index (forced local production in exchange for market access, export subsidies, IP theft, favoritism of domestic companies, FX manipulation)

Receptivity to Foreign Direct Investment

Copyright protections, injunctive relief, anti-piracy rules

Barriers to market access and forced technology transfer

Extent of pirated software

IP Enforcement (civil/crim penalties, transparency, fines)

Protection of trade secrets and data

Public ownership of the private sector

0 20 40 60 80 100

Sources: OECD, BSA, GIPC, ITIF, Fraser Institute, JPMAM. 2019.

China: the world's most mercantile countryChina's score vs the rest of the world, 100 = best, 0 = worst

Hong Kong

US

China

40

4550556065707580859095

Source: JPMAM, World Economic Forum, CATO, Fraser Institute. 2019.

The Rights of the Individual versus the State100 = greatest protections of the Individual

Judicial system independence; due process; rights of the accused; freedom of the press/

expression and information (state control over the internet, access to foreign

newspapers, access to cable, political influences on media content); freedom of

association; military involvement in rule of law or politics

TRADE WAR

Rentabilidad relativa de compañías con alta exposición a la guerra comercial entre Estados Unidos-China frente al S&P 500, enero de 2018= 100

Fuente: Barclays Research, Bloomberg, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 16 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

14

[1] US-China economic conflict: lower intensity, but here to stay

Equity markets began pricing in a substantial reduction in trade war intensity in July alongside expectations of a Biden victory (see first chart). However, I think Biden will move slowly here; in 2016, Republicans gained voters in communities suffering the most from Chinese import competition6 and I suspect the same was true in 2020. While Biden might tone down the rhetoric, I’m not sure the policies will be. China is only 25%-50% compliant with its Phase I trade deal purchase agreements, and there’s bipartisan concern about Chinese mercantilism and human rights issues, including the issue of forced labor and US imports7. A positive early sign could be a deal in which tariffs are scrapped in favor of China’s willingness to ease access to US services firms (finance, insurance, health, legal and e-commerce).

6 “A Note on the Effect of Rising Trade Exposure on the 2016 Presidential Election”, Autor (MIT) et al, March 2017. The authors found that rising import competition had a large impact on Republican vote share gains, and that Michigan, Wisconsin and Pennsylvania would have elected Clinton instead if the growth in Chinese import penetration had been 50% lower than its actual growth since 2000 (China’s WTO entry). 7 The Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act passed the House 406 to 3 and is expected to pass the Senate despite intense lobbying efforts of US companies whose supply chains may be affected. For background reading, see “Uyghurs for Sale”, Australian Strategic Policy Institute, 3/1/2020, and “China’s Detention Camps for Muslims Turn to Forced Labor”, New York Times, 12/16/2018.

75

80

85

90

95

100

105

Jan-18 Jul-18 Dec-18 Jun-19 Dec-19 Jun-20 Dec-20

Relative performance of companies with high exposure to US-China trade war vs S&P 500, Jan 2018 = 100

1743

733

83

26

52% 51%

27%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

$0$10$20$30$40$50$60$70$80$90

$100

Agriculture Manufacturing Energy

China imports from USin 2020 (lhs)Phase 1 2020 Target(lhs)Purchases as share of2020 target (rhs)

Progress of US-China Phase 1 purchase agreementUS$, billions % of 2020 target

Mercantilism Index (forced local production in exchange for market access, export subsidies, IP theft, favoritism of domestic companies, FX manipulation)

Receptivity to Foreign Direct Investment

Copyright protections, injunctive relief, anti-piracy rules

Barriers to market access and forced technology transfer

Extent of pirated software

IP Enforcement (civil/crim penalties, transparency, fines)

Protection of trade secrets and data

Public ownership of the private sector

0 20 40 60 80 100

Sources: OECD, BSA, GIPC, ITIF, Fraser Institute, JPMAM. 2019.

China: the world's most mercantile countryChina's score vs the rest of the world, 100 = best, 0 = worst

Hong Kong

US

China

40

4550556065707580859095

Source: JPMAM, World Economic Forum, CATO, Fraser Institute. 2019.

The Rights of the Individual versus the State100 = greatest protections of the Individual

Judicial system independence; due process; rights of the accused; freedom of the press/

expression and information (state control over the internet, access to foreign

newspapers, access to cable, political influences on media content); freedom of

association; military involvement in rule of law or politics

TRADE WAR

China: el país más mercantilista del mundoPuntuación de China frente al resto del mundo, 100= mejor, 0= peor

Fuente: OCDE, BSA, Centro Global de Propiedad Intelectual, ITIF, Fraser Institute, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 2019.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

14

[1] US-China economic conflict: lower intensity, but here to stay

Equity markets began pricing in a substantial reduction in trade war intensity in July alongside expectations of a Biden victory (see first chart). However, I think Biden will move slowly here; in 2016, Republicans gained voters in communities suffering the most from Chinese import competition6 and I suspect the same was true in 2020. While Biden might tone down the rhetoric, I’m not sure the policies will be. China is only 25%-50% compliant with its Phase I trade deal purchase agreements, and there’s bipartisan concern about Chinese mercantilism and human rights issues, including the issue of forced labor and US imports7. A positive early sign could be a deal in which tariffs are scrapped in favor of China’s willingness to ease access to US services firms (finance, insurance, health, legal and e-commerce).

6 “A Note on the Effect of Rising Trade Exposure on the 2016 Presidential Election”, Autor (MIT) et al, March 2017. The authors found that rising import competition had a large impact on Republican vote share gains, and that Michigan, Wisconsin and Pennsylvania would have elected Clinton instead if the growth in Chinese import penetration had been 50% lower than its actual growth since 2000 (China’s WTO entry). 7 The Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act passed the House 406 to 3 and is expected to pass the Senate despite intense lobbying efforts of US companies whose supply chains may be affected. For background reading, see “Uyghurs for Sale”, Australian Strategic Policy Institute, 3/1/2020, and “China’s Detention Camps for Muslims Turn to Forced Labor”, New York Times, 12/16/2018.

75

80

85

90

95

100

105

Jan-18 Jul-18 Dec-18 Jun-19 Dec-19 Jun-20 Dec-20

Relative performance of companies with high exposure to US-China trade war vs S&P 500, Jan 2018 = 100

1743

733

83

26

52% 51%

27%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

$0$10$20$30$40$50$60$70$80$90

$100

Agriculture Manufacturing Energy

China imports from USin 2020 (lhs)Phase 1 2020 Target(lhs)Purchases as share of2020 target (rhs)

Progress of US-China Phase 1 purchase agreementUS$, billions % of 2020 target

Mercantilism Index (forced local production in exchange for market access, export subsidies, IP theft, favoritism of domestic companies, FX manipulation)

Receptivity to Foreign Direct Investment

Copyright protections, injunctive relief, anti-piracy rules

Barriers to market access and forced technology transfer

Extent of pirated software

IP Enforcement (civil/crim penalties, transparency, fines)

Protection of trade secrets and data

Public ownership of the private sector

0 20 40 60 80 100

Sources: OECD, BSA, GIPC, ITIF, Fraser Institute, JPMAM. 2019.

China: the world's most mercantile countryChina's score vs the rest of the world, 100 = best, 0 = worst

Hong Kong

US

China

40

4550556065707580859095

Source: JPMAM, World Economic Forum, CATO, Fraser Institute. 2019.

The Rights of the Individual versus the State100 = greatest protections of the Individual

Judicial system independence; due process; rights of the accused; freedom of the press/

expression and information (state control over the internet, access to foreign

newspapers, access to cable, political influences on media content); freedom of

association; military involvement in rule of law or politics

TRADE WAR

Derechos del individuo frente al Estado100= mayores protecciones del individuo

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Asset Management, World Economic Forum, CATO, Fraser Institute. 2019.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTL OOK • MI CH AEL CEM BAL EST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

14

[1] US-China economic conflict: lower intensity, but here to stay

Equity markets began pricing in a substantial reduction in trade war intensity as expectations of a Biden victory rose. However, I think Biden will move slowly here; in 2016, Republicans gained voters in communities suffering most from Chinese import competition6 and I suspect the same was true in 2020. While Biden might tone down the rhetoric, I’m not sure policies will be. China is only 30%-70% compliant with its Phase I trade deal purchase agreements, and there’s bipartisan concern about Chinese mercantilism and human rights issues, including the issue of forced labor and US imports7. A positive early sign could be a deal in which tariffs are scrapped in favor of China’s willingness to ease access to US services firms (finance, insurance, health, legal and e-commerce).

6 “A Note on the Effect of Rising Trade Exposure on the 2016 Presidential Election”, Autor (MIT) et al, March 2017. The authors found that rising import competition had a large impact on Republican vote share gains, and that Michigan, Wisconsin and Pennsylvania would have elected Clinton instead if the growth in Chinese import penetration had been 50% lower than its actual growth since 2000 (China’s WTO entry). 7 The Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act passed the House 406 to 3 and is expected to pass the Senate despite intense lobbying efforts of US companies whose supply chains may be affected. For background reading, see “Uyghurs for Sale”, Australian Strategic Policy Institute, 3/1/2020, and “China’s Detention Camps for Muslims Turn to Forced Labor”, New York Times, 12/16/2018.

75

80

85

90

95

100

105

Jan-18 Jul-18 Dec-18 Jun-19 Dec-19 Jun-20 Dec-20

Relative performance of companies with high exposure to US-China trade war vs S&P 500, Jan 2018 = 100

Source: Barclays Research, Bloomberg, JPMAM. December 16, 2020.

22

48833

83

26

67%

57%

31%

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

0102030405060708090

100

Agriculture Manufacturing Energy

China imports from USin 2020 (lhs)Phase 1 2020 Target(lhs)Purchases as share of2020 target (rhs)

% of 2020 target

Mercantilism Index (forced local production in exchange for market access, export subsidies, IP theft, favoritism of domestic companies, FX manipulation)

Receptivity to Foreign Direct Investment

Copyright protections, injunctive relief, anti-piracy rules

Barriers to market access and forced technology transfer

Extent of pirated software

IP Enforcement (civil/crim penalties, transparency, fines)

Protection of trade secrets and data

Public ownership of the private sector

0 20 40 60 80 100

Sources: OECD, BSA, GIPC, ITIF, Fraser Institute, JPMAM. 2019.

China: the world's most mercantile countryChina's score vs the rest of the world, 100 = best, 0 = worst

Hong Kong

US

China

40

4550556065707580859095

Source: JPMAM, World Economic Forum, CATO, Fraser Institute. 2019.

The Rights of the Individual versus the State100 = greatest protections of the Individual

Judicial system independence; due process; rights of the accused; freedom of the press/

expression and information (state control over the internet, access to foreign

newspapers, access to cable, political influences on media content); freedom of

association; military involvement in rule of law or politics

TRADE WAR

Progreso de compromisos de compra del acuerdo de Fase 1 entre Estados Unidos y ChinaMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses % de objetivo 2020

Fuente: Censo de Estados Unidos, Representante de Comercio de Estados Unidos. Noviembre de 2020.

Page 24: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

23

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí CONFLIC TO ECONÓMICO

Conflicto económico entre Estados Unidos y China: seguimiento de las consecuencias. La caída de la inversión extranjera directa bilateral podría ser permanente, debido a la ampliación de lo que se define como seguridad nacional. Las exportaciones estadounidenses de semiconductores a China han seguido creciendo en 2020, pero cayeron bruscamente tras la revisión de las restricciones a las exportaciones en el mes de agosto; aún no está claro qué parte de esta caida es estacional. Como explicamos en nuestro artículo de Perspectivas 2019, las compañías de semiconductores estadounidenses tienen una cuota de mercado global entre el 90% y el 95% en chips semiconductores/equipos avanzados necesarios para la inteligencia artificial, teléfonos inteligentes 4G/5G, vehículos autónomos, microprocesadores informáticos y vehículos eléctricos. Aunque China pretende ser autosuficiente, es probable que siga dependiendo de los equipos semiconductores estadounidenses en el futuro cercano. Por último, muchas multinacionales estadounidenses no tienen previsto trasladarse fuera de China, tal vez porque la mayoría de ellas operan en el extranjero para cubrir la demanda local y regional, no para exportar bienes de vuelta a Estados Unidos.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

15

The US-China economic conflict is multifaceted, and some outcomes have more direct consequences than others. The drop in bilateral foreign direct investment may be permanent given broader definitions of national security. However, US semiconductor exports to China continue to grow. As we explained in our 2019 Outlook, US semiconductor companies have 90%-95% global market share in advanced semiconductor chips/equipment needed for artifical intelligence, 4G/5G smartphones, autonomous cars, computer microprocessors and electric vehicles. While China aims to be self sufficient, its reliance on US semiconductor equipment is likely to remain for the foreseeable future. Lastly, many US multinationals do not plan to relocate out of China, perhaps because most of them operate overseas to meet local and regional demand rather than to export back to the US.

$0$5

$10$15$20$25$30$35$40$45$50

'04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20

Thou

sand

s

Chinese FDI into USUS FDI into China

Source: Rhodium Group. 2020 data is through Q2.

Decline in bilateral foreign direct investment may be permanent, US$ billions

May 16, 2019: US produced

technology out of reach of Huawei

August 17, 2020: Any technology based on US technology out of reach of Huawei

$0.4

$0.5

$0.6

$0.7

$0.8

$0.9

$1.0

$1.1

$1.2

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

US semiconductor exports to ChinaUS$, billions

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

2017 2018 2019No Plans Considering Yes, moved

US multinationals in China planning to relocate manufacturing, % of survey respondents

Source: AmCham China. March 2020.

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Manufacturers Capital Goods Computer andelectronics

Pharmaceuticals

US Host country All other countries

Source: Empirical Research Partners. May 2020.

TRADE WAR

El descenso de la inversión extranjera directa bilateral podría ser permanenteMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses

Fuente: Rhodium Group Los datos de 2020 son hasta el segundo trimestre.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

15

The US-China economic conflict is multifaceted, and some outcomes have more direct consequences than others. The drop in bilateral foreign direct investment may be permanent given broader definitions of national security. However, US semiconductor exports to China continue to grow. As we explained in our 2019 Outlook, US semiconductor companies have 90%-95% global market share in advanced semiconductor chips/equipment needed for artifical intelligence, 4G/5G smartphones, autonomous cars, computer microprocessors and electric vehicles. While China aims to be self sufficient, its reliance on US semiconductor equipment is likely to remain for the foreseeable future. Lastly, many US multinationals do not plan to relocate out of China, perhaps because most of them operate overseas to meet local and regional demand rather than to export back to the US.

$0$5

$10$15$20$25$30$35$40$45$50

'04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20

Thou

sand

s

Chinese FDI into USUS FDI into China

Source: Rhodium Group. 2020 data is through Q2.

Decline in bilateral foreign direct investment may be permanent, US$ billions

May 16, 2019: US produced

technology out of reach of Huawei

August 17, 2020: Any technology based on US technology out of reach of Huawei

$0.4

$0.5

$0.6

$0.7

$0.8

$0.9

$1.0

$1.1

$1.2

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

US semiconductor exports to ChinaUS$, billions

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

2017 2018 2019No Plans Considering Yes, moved

US multinationals in China planning to relocate manufacturing, % of survey respondents

Source: AmCham China. March 2020.

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Manufacturers Capital Goods Computer andelectronics

Pharmaceuticals

US Host country All other countries

Source: Empirical Research Partners. May 2020.

TRADE WAR

Multinacionales estadounidenses en China con planes de trasladar la fabricación% de encuestados

Fuente: AmCham China. Marzo de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

15

The US-China economic conflict is multifaceted, and some outcomes have more direct consequences than others. The drop in bilateral foreign direct investment may be permanent given broader definitions of national security. However, US semiconductor exports to China continue to grow. As we explained in our 2019 Outlook, US semiconductor companies have 90%-95% global market share in advanced semiconductor chips/equipment needed for artifical intelligence, 4G/5G smartphones, autonomous cars, computer microprocessors and electric vehicles. While China aims to be self sufficient, its reliance on US semiconductor equipment is likely to remain for the foreseeable future. Lastly, many US multinationals do not plan to relocate out of China, perhaps because most of them operate overseas to meet local and regional demand rather than to export back to the US.

$0$5

$10$15$20$25$30$35$40$45$50

'04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20

Thou

sand

s

Chinese FDI into USUS FDI into China

Source: Rhodium Group. 2020 data is through Q2.

Decline in bilateral foreign direct investment may be permanent, US$ billions

May 16, 2019: US produced

technology out of reach of Huawei

August 17, 2020: Any technology based on US technology out of reach of Huawei

$0.4

$0.5

$0.6

$0.7

$0.8

$0.9

$1.0

$1.1

$1.2

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

US semiconductor exports to ChinaUS$, billions

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

2017 2018 2019No Plans Considering Yes, moved

US multinationals in China planning to relocate manufacturing, % of survey respondents

Source: AmCham China. March 2020.

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Manufacturers Capital Goods Computer andelectronics

Pharmaceuticals

US Host country All other countries

Source: Empirical Research Partners. May 2020.

TRADE WAR

Ventas de sucursales extranjeras de multinacionales estadounidenses por país% de ventas por país

Fuente: Empirical Research Partners. Mayo de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

15

The US-China economic conflict is multifaceted, and some outcomes have more direct consequences than others. The drop in bilateral foreign direct investment may be permanent given broader definitions of national security. However, US semiconductor exports to China continue to grow. As we explained in our 2019 Outlook, US semiconductor companies have 90%-95% global market share in advanced semiconductor chips/equipment needed for artifical intelligence, 4G/5G smartphones, autonomous cars, computer microprocessors and electric vehicles. While China aims to be self sufficient, its reliance on US semiconductor equipment is likely to remain for the foreseeable future. Lastly, many US multinationals do not plan to relocate out of China, perhaps because most of them operate overseas to meet local and regional demand rather than to export back to the US.

$0$5

$10$15$20$25$30$35$40$45$50

'04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20

Thou

sand

s

Chinese FDI into USUS FDI into China

Source: Rhodium Group. 2020 data is through Q2.

Decline in bilateral foreign direct investment may be permanent, US$ billions

May 16, 2019: US produced

technology out of reach of Huawei

August 17, 2020: Any technology based on US technology out of reach of Huawei

$0.4

$0.5

$0.6

$0.7

$0.8

$0.9

$1.0

$1.1

$1.2

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020

US semiconductor exports to ChinaUS$, billions

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

2017 2018 2019No Plans Considering Yes, moved

US multinationals in China planning to relocate manufacturing, % of survey respondents

Source: AmCham China. March 2020.

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Manufacturers Capital Goods Computer andelectronics

Pharmaceuticals

US Host country All other countries

Source: Empirical Research Partners. May 2020.

TRADE WAR

Exportaciones de semiconductores de Estados Unidos a China Miles de millones de dólares estadounidenses

Fuente: Oficina del Censo de Estados Unidos. Octubre de 2020.

Page 25: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

24

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíCONFLIC TO ECONÓMICO

En noviembre de 2020, el gobierno de Trump prohibió la inversión estadounidense en 35 compañías chinas por sus relaciones con las fuerzas armadas chinas, a raíz de la Ley de poderes económicos internacionales de emergencia (en inglés, International Emergency Economic Powers Act). La mayoría no eran compañías cotizadas, por lo que su efecto en el índice MSCI China alcanzaría como máximo a un 2% de su capitalización bursátil. Se prevé que esta decisión no entre en vigor hasta mediados de enero, y tanto Biden como los tribunales podrían anularla o suavizarla.

Otra parte del acuerdo de divorcio: China ha aprobado por ley que sus empresas no puedan compartir datos financieros con los reguladores estadounidenses sin permiso del gobierno chino. Como respuesta, la Junta de supervisión contable de compañías cotizadas de Estados Unidos ha considerado que se le ha bloqueado el acceso a las compañías chinas que cotizan en Estados Unidos. El Congreso ha aprobado la Ley de responsabilidad de las compañías extranjeras (en inglés, “Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act”), que en la práctica paralizará todas las OPVs de compañías chinas en Estados Unidos, y dará inicio a un plazo de tres años para sacar de la bolsa todas las compañías chinas. En la actualidad hay 365 compañías chinas que cotizan en Estados Unidos; hay que señalar, no obstante, que Alibaba representa el 39% del total de capitalización bursátil.

No creo que este año Biden gaste su escaso capital político defendiendo a China, salvo en circunstancias concretas que impliquen claros beneficios para los trabajadores estadounidenses. Por ello, aunque vemos con optimismo la probabi-lidad de una recuperación global el año que viene, las acciones que han sido víctimas de la guerra comercial con China, que recientemente han experimentado una subida, podrían encontrarse con dificultades. Por otro lado, las compañías estadouni-denses que venden a China podrían acabar sufriendo por la caída de la demanda china, a medida que el país reestructure sus cadenas de suministro para reducir su dependencia de Estados Unidos; es decir, nadie quiere ser el próximo Huawei.

Hasta ahora, las respuestas de China a las sanciones y restricciones de Estados Unidos han sido leves; tal vez esperan negociar resultados distintos con un gobierno de Biden. Debe quedarnos claro que China disfruta también de ciertas ventajas en la negociación. En la última década, las compañías estadounidenses han realizado inversiones importantes en filiales chinas. Como mostramos en siguiente el gráfico, el déficit comercial de Estados Unidos con China desaparece si se incluyen las ventas de filiales estadounidenses en el país. En otras palabras, las compañías estadounidenses tienen casi el mismo volumen de negocio en China que las compañías chinas en Estados Unidos, pero a través de las ventas de filiales locales, en vez de exportaciones. Aquí es donde China tiene una baza negociadora: por su capacidad de hacer la vida difícil a las empresas estadounidenses que operan en China (es decir, a las compañías del último gráfico).

En conclusión: A falta de una reanudación de las negociaciones comerciales, el desentendimiento gradual de ambos países está cogiendo ritmo, y afectará a los beneficios de las compañías estadounidenses de forma leve pero significativa durante los próximos años. Las compañías estadounidenses con cadenas de suministro susceptibles de ser reemplazadas y los broker-dealers estadounidenses que se benefician de las operaciones de captación de capital de compañías chinas podrían ser los primeros en sentir sus efectos, y es posible que a las compañías de semiconductores les queden sólo unos años de demanda ininterrumpida antes de que les llegue su turno.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

16

In November, the Trump administration barred US investment in another 35 Chinese firms due to their ties to the Chinese military as part of the International Emergency Economic Powers Act. Most were not publicly traded, and would impact at most just 2% of the MSCI China index by market cap. This order is not scheduled to come into effect until mid-January, and might be reversed or softened by Biden or by the courts.

Another part of the divorce agreement: China has written into law that its companies cannot share financials with US regulators without permission from the Chinese gov’t. In response, the US Public Company Accounting Oversight Board now considers its access to Chinese firms listed in the US to be blocked. Congress is expected to pass the “Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act” which will effectively halt all new Chinese IPOs in the US and put Chinese companies currently listed on a 3-year countdown to delisting. Currently, there are 365 Chinese companies listed in the US, but when measured by market cap, Alibaba represents 39% of that universe.

I do not believe Biden will spend scarce political capital going to bat for China this year, except in narrow circumstances with clear benefits for US workers. So, while we are optimistic on a global recovery next year, the China trade war stocks which have been rallying may run into headwinds. Furthermore, US companies selling to China may eventually suffer from reduced Chinese demand as China restructures its supply chain dependence on the US; i.e., no one wants to be the next Huawei.

So far, Chinese responses to US sanctions and restrictions have been modest; perhaps China expects to negotiate different outcomes with a Biden administration. To be clear, China has leverage of its own. Over the last decade, US companies made large investments in Chinese subsidiaries. As shown below, the US trade deficit with China almost disappears once sales of in-country subsidiaries are included. In other words, US companies are doing almost the same amount of business in China as Chinese companies are doing in the US, but through local subsidiary sales rather than through exports. That’s where China has leverage: the ability to make life more difficult for US firms operating in China (i.e., for the companies in the last chart).

Bottom line: in the absence of a reopening of trade talks, gradual bilateral disengagement is picking up steam and will impact US company earnings in small but measureable ways in the years ahead. US companies with replaceable supply chains and US broker-dealers profiting from Chinese capital raising may be first to feel it; and semiconductor companies may only have a few more uninterrupted years before they’re next.

-$500

-$400

-$300

-$200

-$100

$0

$100

'03 '04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19

Source: Deutsche Bank. 2019.

The US does a lot of business in China, but through its in-country subsidiaries rather than via exports, US$, billions

US - China trade balance as reported

US - China trade balance plus in-country sales of subsidiaries

Appl

e, 1

5%In

tel,

28%

Qua

lcom

m, 6

0%W

alm

art,

2%B

road

com

, 36%

Texa

s In

stru

men

ts, 5

6%B

oein

g, 7

%Ap

plie

d M

ater

ials

, 32%

Wes

tern

Dig

ital,

24%

Cor

ning

, 27%

Lam

Res

earc

h, 3

1%Th

erm

o Fi

sher

, 11%

NVI

DIA

, 25%

TE C

onne

ctiv

ity, 2

0%Ab

bott,

7%

Mic

ron,

11%

Cum

min

s, 1

0%D

anah

er, 1

3%Am

phen

ol, 2

8%O

tis W

orld

wid

e, 1

6%AM

D, 2

6%Ai

r Pr

oduc

ts &

Che

mic

als,

19%

Bor

gwar

ner,

17%

Kla

, 25%

Anal

og D

evic

es, 2

2%Pe

psic

o, 2

%Ly

onde

llbas

ell,

4%Jo

hnso

n C

ontr

ols,

5%

Qor

vo, 3

4%Ag

ilent

Tec

hnol

ogie

s, 2

0%

$0

$5

$10

$15

$20

$25

$30

$35

$40

$45

Select S&P 500 company sales in ChinaUS$ bn, with % of total annual company sales

Source: Bloomberg. 2019. Includes co's that report sales from China >$1bn.

TRADE WAR

Estados Unidos tiene mucha actividad en China, pero a través de sus filiales locales, en vez de exportacionesMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses

Fuente: Deutsche Bank. 2019.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

16

In November, the Trump administration barred US investment in another 35 Chinese firms due to their ties to the Chinese military as part of the International Emergency Economic Powers Act. Most were not publicly traded, and would impact at most just 2% of the MSCI China index by market cap. This order is not scheduled to come into effect until mid-January, and might be reversed or softened by Biden or by the courts.

Another part of the divorce agreement: China has written into law that its companies cannot share financials with US regulators without permission from the Chinese gov’t. In response, the US Public Company Accounting Oversight Board now considers its access to Chinese firms listed in the US to be blocked. Congress is expected to pass the “Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act” which will effectively halt all new Chinese IPOs in the US and put Chinese companies currently listed on a 3-year countdown to delisting. Currently, there are 365 Chinese companies listed in the US, but when measured by market cap, Alibaba represents 39% of that universe.

I do not believe Biden will spend scarce political capital going to bat for China this year, except in narrow circumstances with clear benefits for US workers. So, while we are optimistic on a global recovery next year, the China trade war stocks which have been rallying may run into headwinds. Furthermore, US companies selling to China may eventually suffer from reduced Chinese demand as China restructures its supply chain dependence on the US; i.e., no one wants to be the next Huawei.

So far, Chinese responses to US sanctions and restrictions have been modest; perhaps China expects to negotiate different outcomes with a Biden administration. To be clear, China has leverage of its own. Over the last decade, US companies made large investments in Chinese subsidiaries. As shown below, the US trade deficit with China almost disappears once sales of in-country subsidiaries are included. In other words, US companies are doing almost the same amount of business in China as Chinese companies are doing in the US, but through local subsidiary sales rather than through exports. That’s where China has leverage: the ability to make life more difficult for US firms operating in China (i.e., for the companies in the last chart).

Bottom line: in the absence of a reopening of trade talks, gradual bilateral disengagement is picking up steam and will impact US company earnings in small but measureable ways in the years ahead. US companies with replaceable supply chains and US broker-dealers profiting from Chinese capital raising may be first to feel it; and semiconductor companies may only have a few more uninterrupted years before they’re next.

-$500

-$400

-$300

-$200

-$100

$0

$100

'03 '04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19

Source: Deutsche Bank. 2019.

The US does a lot of business in China, but through its in-country subsidiaries rather than via exports, US$, billions

US - China trade balance as reported

US - China trade balance plus in-country sales of subsidiaries

Appl

e, 1

5%In

tel,

28%

Qua

lcom

m, 6

0%W

alm

art,

2%B

road

com

, 36%

Texa

s In

stru

men

ts, 5

6%B

oein

g, 7

%Ap

plie

d M

ater

ials

, 32%

Wes

tern

Dig

ital,

24%

Cor

ning

, 27%

Lam

Res

earc

h, 3

1%Th

erm

o Fi

sher

, 11%

NVI

DIA

, 25%

TE C

onne

ctiv

ity, 2

0%Ab

bott,

7%

Mic

ron,

11%

Cum

min

s, 1

0%D

anah

er, 1

3%Am

phen

ol, 2

8%O

tis W

orld

wid

e, 1

6%AM

D, 2

6%Ai

r Pr

oduc

ts &

Che

mic

als,

19%

Bor

gwar

ner,

17%

Kla

, 25%

Anal

og D

evic

es, 2

2%Pe

psic

o, 2

%Ly

onde

llbas

ell,

4%Jo

hnso

n C

ontr

ols,

5%

Qor

vo, 3

4%Ag

ilent

Tec

hnol

ogie

s, 2

0%

$0

$5

$10

$15

$20

$25

$30

$35

$40

$45

Select S&P 500 company sales in ChinaUS$ bn, with % of total annual company sales

Source: Bloomberg. 2019. Includes co's that report sales from China >$1bn.

TRADE WAR

Ventas en China de compañías seleccionadas del S&P 500Miles de millones de dólares estadounidenses, con % de cifra total de ventas anuales de la compañía

Fuente: Bloomberg. 2019. Incluye compañías que comunican ventas desde China > 1.000 millones de dólares.

Page 26: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

25

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí EQUILIBRIO MILITAR

[2] Conflicto militar entre Estados Unidos y China: cambio en el equilibrio de poderes

Los vínculos económicos entre Estados Unidos y China son mucho mayores que los vínculos entre otras naciones adversarias del siglo XX. En el primer gráfico, basado en un análisis que realizamos en 2018, se muestran los detalles. Desde entonces, las cifras de comercio bilateral e inversión extranjera directa entre Estados Unidos y China han caído, pero siguen siendo importantes; por otro lado, el gráfico no mide las ventas bilaterales de las filiales de las multinacionales que hemos comentado anteriormente. Por todo ello, no me convencen los argumentos sobre la inevitabilidad de un conflicto militar entre Estados Unidos y China basados en la trampa de Tucídides.

¿Es Taiwán un polvorín geopolítico por el que deberían preocuparse los inversores? Algunos creen que la respuesta debe ser afirmativa. En la actualidad, los mercados globales dependen más de los semiconductores que del petróleo y el gas, y la Compañía de Fabricación de Semiconductores de Taiwán supera la capitalización bursátil de Intel3. En consecuencia, la importancia estratégica de Taiwán en las cadenas de suministro globales está creciendo, y la retórica empleada por Estados Unidos y China ha sufrido un deterioro; además, en 2019 la venta de armas de Estados Unidos a Taiwán llegó a la cifra máxima (en dólares) de la historia.

Sin embargo, también ha cambiado otra cosa: la capacidad de Estados Unidos de imponer su voluntad en la región de China desde un punto de vista militar. El gasto militar de China es muy opaco; tras normalizarlo para tener en cuenta las diferencias salariales y de poder adquisitivo, un informe publicado por Heritage Foundation ha estimado

3 “The New Geostrategic Pressure Point”, Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, 3 de noviembre de 2020

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

17

[2] US-China military conflict: the balance of power has changed

Economic linkages between the US & China are much larger than linkages between other adversaries of the 20th century. The first chart shows the details, and is based on an analysis I pulled together in 2018. The US/China bilateral trade and FDI numbers have fallen since then, but are still material; and this chart also does not measure bilateral sales of corporate subsidiaries discussed earlier. As a result, I’m not convinced by “Thucydides Trap” arguments on the inevitability of US-Chinese military conflict.

Is Taiwan a geopolitical flashpoint that investors should worry about? Some believe the answer is yes. Global markets are now more reliant on semiconductors than on oil/gas, and the Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company has overtaken Intel’s market cap8. As a result, Taiwan’s strategic importance to global supply chains is growing, US-China rhetoric has been deteriorating, and in 2019 US arms sales to Taiwan reached their highest dollar figure on record.

But something else has changed too: the ability of the US to impose its will militarily in the China region. Chinese military spending data is opaque; after normalizing for wage differences and purchasing power, a Heritage Foundation report estimated that China’s military spending budget is ~90% of US levels. As illustrated on the next page using data from the RAND Corporation, Chinese military spending has changed the balance of power in the region, eroding the ability of the US military to enforce its protective umbrella arrangement with Taiwan. Should China ever challenge Taiwan’s independent status, recent changes in relative power arguably reduce the likelihood of the US being drawn into a conflict it can no longer reliably win.

8 “The New Geostrategic Pressure Point”, Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, November 3, 2020

US

& C

hina

-20

14

Fran

ce &

Ger

man

y -1

930

UK

& G

erm

any

-193

0

Chi

na &

Jap

an -

1937

US

& R

ussi

a -2

014

US

& J

apan

-19

40

Indi

a &

Pak

ista

n -2

014

Iran

& S

audi

Ara

bia

-201

4

US

& G

erm

any

-194

0

US

& R

ussi

a -1

983

US

& C

hina

-19

72

US

& Ir

an -

2014

Indi

a &

Pak

ista

n -1

971

Egy

pt &

Isra

el -

1967

Iran

& Is

rael

-20

14

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

8%Bilateral foreign direct investment (stock)Bilateral central bank holdings of each other's gov't debtBilateral annual trade

Source: JPMAM. 2016.

China and the US: much deeper economic linkages than actual and potential adversaries of the last 100 years% of combined GDP in specified year

$0.0

$0.5

$1.0

$1.5

$2.0

$2.5

$3.0

$3.5

$4.0

$4.5

2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Global energy vs semiconductor market capitalizationsUS$, trillions

Source: Factset. December 16, 2020.

MSCI AC World Energy Index

MSCI AC World Semiconductor

Index

$0

$2

$4

$6

$8

$10

$12

'90 '92 '94 '96 '98 '00 '02 '04 '06 '08 '10 '12 '14 '16 '18

US arms sales to Taiwan US$, billions

Source: US-Taiwan Business Council. 2019.

Personnel

Personnel adjusted for

US wage levels

PersonnelStructures

Structures adjusted for PPP

Structures

Hardware

Hardware adjusted for PPP

Hardware

$0

$100

$200

$300

$400

$500

$600

China defense budgetas reported

China defense budgetadjusted for wagelevels and PPP

US defense budget asreported

China and US military spendingUS$, billions

CHINA

CHINAUS

MILITARY BALANCE

China y Estados Unidos: vínculos económicos mucho más profundos que los adversarios reales y potenciales de los últimos 100 años% de PIB combinado en el año

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 2016.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

17

[2] US-China military conflict: the balance of power has changed

Economic linkages between the US & China are much larger than linkages between other adversaries of the 20th century. The first chart shows the details, and is based on an analysis I pulled together in 2018. The US/China bilateral trade and FDI numbers have fallen since then, but are still material; and this chart also does not measure bilateral sales of corporate subsidiaries discussed earlier. As a result, I’m not convinced by “Thucydides Trap” arguments on the inevitability of US-Chinese military conflict.

Is Taiwan a geopolitical flashpoint that investors should worry about? Some believe the answer is yes. Global markets are now more reliant on semiconductors than on oil/gas, and the Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company has overtaken Intel’s market cap8. As a result, Taiwan’s strategic importance to global supply chains is growing, US-China rhetoric has been deteriorating, and in 2019 US arms sales to Taiwan reached their highest dollar figure on record.

But something else has changed too: the ability of the US to impose its will militarily in the China region. Chinese military spending data is opaque; after normalizing for wage differences and purchasing power, a Heritage Foundation report estimated that China’s military spending budget is ~90% of US levels. As illustrated on the next page using data from the RAND Corporation, Chinese military spending has changed the balance of power in the region, eroding the ability of the US military to enforce its protective umbrella arrangement with Taiwan. Should China ever challenge Taiwan’s independent status, recent changes in relative power arguably reduce the likelihood of the US being drawn into a conflict it can no longer reliably win.

8 “The New Geostrategic Pressure Point”, Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, November 3, 2020

US

& C

hina

-20

14

Fran

ce &

Ger

man

y -1

930

UK

& G

erm

any

-193

0

Chi

na &

Jap

an -

1937

US

& R

ussi

a -2

014

US

& J

apan

-19

40

Indi

a &

Pak

ista

n -2

014

Iran

& S

audi

Ara

bia

-201

4

US

& G

erm

any

-194

0

US

& R

ussi

a -1

983

US

& C

hina

-19

72

US

& Ir

an -

2014

Indi

a &

Pak

ista

n -1

971

Egy

pt &

Isra

el -

1967

Iran

& Is

rael

-20

14

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

8%Bilateral foreign direct investment (stock)Bilateral central bank holdings of each other's gov't debtBilateral annual trade

Source: JPMAM. 2016.

China and the US: much deeper economic linkages than actual and potential adversaries of the last 100 years% of combined GDP in specified year

$0.0

$0.5

$1.0

$1.5

$2.0

$2.5

$3.0

$3.5

$4.0

$4.5

2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Global energy vs semiconductor market capitalizationsUS$, trillions

Source: Factset. December 16, 2020.

MSCI AC World Energy Index

MSCI AC World Semiconductor

Index

$0

$2

$4

$6

$8

$10

$12

'90 '92 '94 '96 '98 '00 '02 '04 '06 '08 '10 '12 '14 '16 '18

US arms sales to Taiwan US$, billions

Source: US-Taiwan Business Council. 2019.

Personnel

Personnel adjusted for

US wage levels

PersonnelStructures

Structures adjusted for PPP

Structures

Hardware

Hardware adjusted for PPP

Hardware

$0

$100

$200

$300

$400

$500

$600

China defense budgetas reported

China defense budgetadjusted for wagelevels and PPP

US defense budget asreported

China and US military spendingUS$, billions

CHINA

CHINAUS

MILITARY BALANCE

Ventas de armas de Estados Unidos a TaiwánMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses

Fuente: US-Taiwan Business Council. 2019.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HAEL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

17

[2] US-China military conflict: the balance of power has changed

Economic linkages between the US & China are much larger than linkages between other adversaries of the 20th century. The first chart shows the details, and is based on an analysis I pulled together in 2018. The US/China bilateral trade and FDI numbers have fallen since then, but are still material; and this chart also does not measure bilateral sales of corporate subsidiaries discussed earlier. As a result, I’m not convinced by “Thucydides Trap” arguments on the inevitability of US-Chinese military conflict.

Is Taiwan a geopolitical flashpoint that investors should worry about? Some believe the answer is yes. Global markets are now more reliant on semiconductors than on oil/gas, and the Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company has overtaken Intel’s market cap8. As a result, Taiwan’s strategic importance to global supply chains is growing, US-China rhetoric has been deteriorating, and in 2019 US arms sales to Taiwan reached their highest dollar figure on record.

But something else has changed too: the ability of the US to impose its will militarily in the China region. Chinese military spending data is opaque; after normalizing for wage differences and purchasing power, a Heritage Foundation report estimated that China’s military spending budget is ~90% of US levels. As illustrated on the next page using data from the RAND Corporation, Chinese military spending has changed the balance of power in the region, eroding the ability of the US military to enforce its protective umbrella arrangement with Taiwan. Should China ever challenge Taiwan’s independent status, recent changes in relative power arguably reduce the likelihood of the US being drawn into a conflict it can no longer reliably win.

8 “The New Geostrategic Pressure Point”, Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, November 3, 2020

US

& C

hina

-20

14

Fran

ce &

Ger

man

y -1

930

UK

& G

erm

any

-193

0

Chi

na &

Jap

an -

1937

US

& R

ussi

a -2

014

US

& J

apan

-19

40

Indi

a &

Pak

ista

n -2

014

Iran

& S

audi

Ara

bia

-201

4

US

& G

erm

any

-194

0

US

& R

ussi

a -1

983

US

& C

hina

-19

72

US

& Ir

an -

2014

Indi

a &

Pak

ista

n -1

971

Egy

pt &

Isra

el -

1967

Iran

& Is

rael

-20

14

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

8%Bilateral foreign direct investment (stock)Bilateral central bank holdings of each other's gov't debtBilateral annual trade

Source: JPMAM. 2016.

China and the US: much deeper economic linkages than actual and potential adversaries of the last 100 years% of combined GDP in specified year

$0.0

$0.5

$1.0

$1.5

$2.0

$2.5

$3.0

$3.5

$4.0

$4.5

2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Global energy vs semiconductor market capitalizationsUS$, trillions

Source: Factset. December 16, 2020.

MSCI AC World Energy Index

MSCI AC World Semiconductor

Index

$0

$2

$4

$6

$8

$10

$12

'90 '92 '94 '96 '98 '00 '02 '04 '06 '08 '10 '12 '14 '16 '18

US arms sales to Taiwan US$, billions

Source: US-Taiwan Business Council. 2019.

Personnel

Personnel adjusted for

US wage levels

PersonnelStructures

Structures adjusted for PPP

Structures

Hardware

Hardware adjusted for PPP

Hardware

$0

$100

$200

$300

$400

$500

$600

China defense budgetas reported

China defense budgetadjusted for wagelevels and PPP

US defense budget asreported

China and US military spendingUS$, billions

CHINA

CHINAUS

MILITARY BALANCE

Gasto militar de China y Estados UnidosMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses

Fuente: “China’s Defence Budget in Context”, Frederico Bartels, Heritage Foundation. Marzo de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

18

[2] US-China military conflict: the balance of power has changed

Economic linkages between the US & China are much larger than linkages between other adversaries of the 20th century. The first chart shows the details, and is based on an analysis we pulled together in 2018. The US/China bilateral trade and FDI numbers have fallen since then, but are still material; and this chart also does not measure bilateral sales of corporate subsidiaries discussed earlier. As a result, I’m not convinced by “Thucydides Trap” arguments on the inevitability of US-Chinese military conflict.

Is Taiwan a geopolitical flashpoint that investors should worry about? Some believe the answer is yes. Global markets are now more reliant on semiconductors than on oil/gas, and the Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company has overtaken Intel’s market cap8. As a result, Taiwan’s strategic importance to global supply chains is growing, US-China rhetoric has been deteriorating and in 2019, US arms sales to Taiwan reached their highest dollar figure on record.

But something else has changed too: the ability of the US to impose its will militarily in the China region. Chinese military spending data is opaque; after normalizing for wage differences and purchasing power, a Heritage Foundation report estimated that China’s military spending is ~90% of US levels. As illustrated on the next page using data from the RAND Corporation, Chinese military spending has changed the balance of power in the region, eroding the ability of the US military to enforce its protective umbrella arrangement with Taiwan. Should China ever challenge Taiwan’s independent status, recent changes in relative power arguably reduce the likelihood of the US being drawn into a conflict it can no longer reliably win.

8 “The New Geostrategic Pressure Point”, Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, November 3, 2020

US

& C

hina

-20

14

Fran

ce &

Ger

man

y -1

930

UK

& G

erm

any

-193

0

Chi

na &

Jap

an -

1937

US

& R

ussi

a -2

014

US

& J

apan

-19

40

Indi

a &

Pak

ista

n -2

014

Iran

& S

audi

Ara

bia

-201

4

US

& G

erm

any

-194

0

US

& R

ussi

a -1

983

US

& C

hina

-19

72

US

& Ir

an -

2014

Indi

a &

Pak

ista

n -1

971

Egy

pt &

Isra

el -

1967

Iran

& Is

rael

-20

14

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

7%

8%Bilateral foreign direct investment (stock)Bilateral central bank holdings of each other's gov't debtBilateral annual trade

Source: JPMAM. 2016.

China and the US: much deeper economic linkages than actual and potential adversaries of the last 100 years% of combined GDP in specified year

$0.0

$0.5

$1.0

$1.5

$2.0

$2.5

$3.0

$3.5

$4.0

$4.5

2004 2006 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Global energy vs semiconductor market capitalizationsUS$, trillions

MSCI AC World Energy Index

MSCI AC World Semiconductor

Index

$0

$2

$4

$6

$8

$10

$12

'90 '92 '94 '96 '98 '00 '02 '04 '06 '08 '10 '12 '14 '16 '18

US arms sales to Taiwan US$, billions

Source: US-Taiwan Business Council. 2019.

Personnel

Personnel adjusted for

US wage levels

PersonnelStructures

Structures adjusted for PPP

Structures

Hardware

Hardware adjusted for PPP

Hardware

$0

$100

$200

$300

$400

$500

China defense budgetas reported

China defense budgetadjusted for wagelevels and PPP

US defense budget asreported

Source: "China's Defense Budget in Context", Frederico Bartels, Heritage Foundation. March 2020.

CHINA

CHINAUS

MILITARY BALANCE

Capitalización bursátil global de sector de energía frente al de semiconductores Billones de dólares estadounidenses

Fuente: Factset. 16 de diciembre de 2020.

Page 27: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

26

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíEQUILIBRIO MILITAR

que el gasto militar de China se acerca al 90% de los niveles del de Estados Unidos. Como mostramos abajo utilizando datos de la RAND Corporation, el gasto militar de China ha alterado el equilibrio de poderes de la región, erosionando la capacidad de las fuerzas armadas estadounidenses de hacer valer su paraguas protector sobre Taiwán. Si China atacase la independencia de Taiwán, podría argumentarse que los últimos cambios en el poder relativo de ambas potencias harían menos probable la entrada de Estados Unidos en un conflicto que no puede asegurar que ganaría.

El equilibrio de poderes. RAND Corporation ha publicado un análisis de 430 páginas sobre la evolución del equilibrio de poderes entre Estados Unidos y China, utilizando datos históricos, previsiones y modelos de conflicto4. Es increíblemente detallado, pero incluye una serie de gráficos que captan los aspectos principales. Los gráficos siguientes ilustran la evolución de la capacidad de Estados Unidos de prevalecer sobre China en un conflicto potencial en defensa de Taiwán. En muchas áreas, se juzga que la tecnología militar y las capacidades de China siguen por detrás de las de Estados Unidos, pero la brecha se cierra y, además, China tiene la ventaja de la proximidad en la mayoría de los escenarios de conflicto plausibles en Asia. Desde la presentación del informe de RAND, China ha realizado avances militares adicionales: más destructores navales, cruceros de guerra, portaaviones y buques de asalto; misiles balísticos supersónicos y de alcance intermedio; material de guerra antisubmarino y bombarderos de largo alcance.Primer gráfico: Evolución de la superioridad aérea estadounidense en función de su capacidad de prevalecer sobre los sistemas de misiles tierra-aire chinos. El área por encima y a la izquierda de cada curva representa las estimaciones de RAND sobre la probabilidad de victoria de las fuerzas estadounidenses, como función del alcance y la detectabilidad de los misiles aéreos estadounidenses. Por ejemplo, en 1996, sólo las aeronaves estadounidenses altamente detectables con misiles de más corto alcance habrían perdido en una batalla. En 2017, las aeronaves estadounidenses necesitaban ser mucho menos detectables y tener muchas más armas, debido a las mejoras en los sistemas de defensa aérea de China. Segundo gráfico: Estimaciones de la capacidad de la aviación estadounidense necesaria en la región de Taiwán para derrotar un ataque aéreo chino a corto plazo desde sus bases de Guangzhou y Nanking.Tercer gráfico: Número de oportunidades de combate militar que tendría cada submarino chino contra portaaviones estadounidenses estacionados en la región en cada periodo de siete días. Cuarto gráfico: Porcentaje de barcos chinos que hundirían los submarinos estadounidenses en una campaña de siete días.

Cada uno de los siguientes gráficos se refiere a un conflicto militar entre Estados Unidos y China en defensa de Taiwán.

4 “The US China Military Scorecard: Forces, Geography and the Evolving Balance of Power, 1996-2017”, Eric Heginbotham et al., RAND Corporation

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

18

The changing balance of power. The RAND Corporation published a 430-page analysis on the evolving balance of power between the US and China using historical data, forecasts and conflict models9. It’s incredibly detailed, but there are a few exhibits that capture the main points. The charts below illustrate the evolving ability of the US to prevail in a conflict involving the defense of Taiwan. In many areas, China’s military technology and skill levels are judged to still lag the US, but the gap is closing and China also enjoys the advantage of proximity in most plausible Asian conflict scenarios. Since the RAND publication was released, China has made further military advances: more naval destroyers, cruisers, aircraft carriers and assault ships; hypersonic and intermediate rate ballistic missiles; anti-submarine warfare; and long range bombers. First chart: the evolution of US air superiority in being able to prevail against Chinese surface to air missile systems. The area above and to the left of each curve represents RAND estimates of how often US forces would prevail as a function of US aircraft missile range and detectability. For example, in 1996, only highly detectable US aircraft with shorter range missiles would lose in battle. By 2017, US aircraft needed to be much less detectable and more weaponized due to improvements in Chinese air defense systems Second chart: estimates of US air force capacity required in the Taiwan region that would be needed to defeat a short-warning Chinese air attack emanating from its bases in Guangzhou and Nanking Third chart: number of military engagement opportunities each Chinese submarine would have against US aircraft carriers stationed in the region over each 7-day period Fourth chart: percentage of Chinese ships sunk by US submarines in a 7-day campaign

Each chart below refers to a military conflict between the US and China with respect to the defense of Taiwan

9 “The US China Military Scorecard: Forces, Geography and the Evolving Balance of Power, 1996-2017”, Eric Heginbotham et al, RAND Corporation

0

50

100

150

200

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

Modeled estimates of US aircraft vs Chinese air defense systems, US aircraft weapon range, kilometers

Detectability of aircraft by radarVery low Low High

Above/left of the line: US aircraft winsBelow/right of the line: China air defense wins

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1996 2003 2010 2017

US air force capacity required to defeat Chinese air attack # of fighter wings (72 aircraft per wing) required for attrition victory

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

0

1

2

3

4

5

1996 2003 2010 2017

Chinese submarine engagement opportunities vs US aircraft carriers, # of opportunities per 7 day campaign

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

1996 2003 2010 2017

Share of China amphibious ships destroyed by US submarines, %, 7-day campaign

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

MILITARY BALANCE

Estimaciones modelizadas de aeronaves estadounidenses frente a sistemas de defensa aérea chinosAlcance de armas de aeronaves estadounidenses, km.

Fuente: RAND Corporation. 2015.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

18

The changing balance of power. The RAND Corporation published a 430-page analysis on the evolving balance of power between the US and China using historical data, forecasts and conflict models9. It’s incredibly detailed, but there are a few exhibits that capture the main points. The charts below illustrate the evolving ability of the US to prevail in a conflict involving the defense of Taiwan. In many areas, China’s military technology and skill levels are judged to still lag the US, but the gap is closing and China also enjoys the advantage of proximity in most plausible Asian conflict scenarios. Since the RAND publication was released, China has made further military advances: more naval destroyers, cruisers, aircraft carriers and assault ships; hypersonic and intermediate rate ballistic missiles; anti-submarine warfare; and long range bombers. First chart: the evolution of US air superiority in being able to prevail against Chinese surface to air missile systems. The area above and to the left of each curve represents RAND estimates of how often US forces would prevail as a function of US aircraft missile range and detectability. For example, in 1996, only highly detectable US aircraft with shorter range missiles would lose in battle. By 2017, US aircraft needed to be much less detectable and more weaponized due to improvements in Chinese air defense systems Second chart: estimates of US air force capacity required in the Taiwan region that would be needed to defeat a short-warning Chinese air attack emanating from its bases in Guangzhou and Nanking Third chart: number of military engagement opportunities each Chinese submarine would have against US aircraft carriers stationed in the region over each 7-day period Fourth chart: percentage of Chinese ships sunk by US submarines in a 7-day campaign

Each chart below refers to a military conflict between the US and China with respect to the defense of Taiwan

9 “The US China Military Scorecard: Forces, Geography and the Evolving Balance of Power, 1996-2017”, Eric Heginbotham et al, RAND Corporation

0

50

100

150

200

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

Modeled estimates of US aircraft vs Chinese air defense systems, US aircraft weapon range, kilometers

Detectability of aircraft by radarVery low Low High

Above/left of the line: US aircraft winsBelow/right of the line: China air defense wins

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1996 2003 2010 2017

US air force capacity required to defeat Chinese air attack # of fighter wings (72 aircraft per wing) required for attrition victory

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

0

1

2

3

4

5

1996 2003 2010 2017

Chinese submarine engagement opportunities vs US aircraft carriers, # of opportunities per 7 day campaign

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

1996 2003 2010 2017

Share of China amphibious ships destroyed by US submarines, %, 7-day campaign

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

MILITARY BALANCE

Capacidad de aviación estadounidense necesaria para derrotar un ataque aéreo de ChinaNúmero de grupos de combate (72 aviones por grupo) necesarios para una victoria total

Fuente: RAND Corporation. 2015.

Detectabilidad de aeronaves por radar

Page 28: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

27

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí EQUILIBRIO MILITAR

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

18

The changing balance of power. The RAND Corporation published a 430-page analysis on the evolving balance of power between the US and China using historical data, forecasts and conflict models9. It’s incredibly detailed, but there are a few exhibits that capture the main points. The charts below illustrate the evolving ability of the US to prevail in a conflict involving the defense of Taiwan. In many areas, China’s military technology and skill levels are judged to still lag the US, but the gap is closing and China also enjoys the advantage of proximity in most plausible Asian conflict scenarios. Since the RAND publication was released, China has made further military advances: more naval destroyers, cruisers, aircraft carriers and assault ships; hypersonic and intermediate rate ballistic missiles; anti-submarine warfare; and long range bombers. First chart: the evolution of US air superiority in being able to prevail against Chinese surface to air missile systems. The area above and to the left of each curve represents RAND estimates of how often US forces would prevail as a function of US aircraft missile range and detectability. For example, in 1996, only highly detectable US aircraft with shorter range missiles would lose in battle. By 2017, US aircraft needed to be much less detectable and more weaponized due to improvements in Chinese air defense systems Second chart: estimates of US air force capacity required in the Taiwan region that would be needed to defeat a short-warning Chinese air attack emanating from its bases in Guangzhou and Nanking Third chart: number of military engagement opportunities each Chinese submarine would have against US aircraft carriers stationed in the region over each 7-day period Fourth chart: percentage of Chinese ships sunk by US submarines in a 7-day campaign

Each chart below refers to a military conflict between the US and China with respect to the defense of Taiwan

9 “The US China Military Scorecard: Forces, Geography and the Evolving Balance of Power, 1996-2017”, Eric Heginbotham et al, RAND Corporation

0

50

100

150

200

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

Modeled estimates of US aircraft vs Chinese air defense systems, US aircraft weapon range, kilometers

Detectability of aircraft by radarVery low Low High

Above/left of the line: US aircraft winsBelow/right of the line: China air defense wins

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1996 2003 2010 2017

US air force capacity required to defeat Chinese air attack # of fighter wings (72 aircraft per wing) required for attrition victory

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

0

1

2

3

4

5

1996 2003 2010 2017

Chinese submarine engagement opportunities vs US aircraft carriers, # of opportunities per 7 day campaign

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

1996 2003 2010 2017

Share of China amphibious ships destroyed by US submarines, %, 7-day campaign

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

MILITARY BALANCE

Oportunidades de combate de submarinos chinos contra portaaviones estadounidensesNúmero de oportunidades por campaña de 7 días

Fuente: RAND Corporation. 2015.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

18

The changing balance of power. The RAND Corporation published a 430-page analysis on the evolving balance of power between the US and China using historical data, forecasts and conflict models9. It’s incredibly detailed, but there are a few exhibits that capture the main points. The charts below illustrate the evolving ability of the US to prevail in a conflict involving the defense of Taiwan. In many areas, China’s military technology and skill levels are judged to still lag the US, but the gap is closing and China also enjoys the advantage of proximity in most plausible Asian conflict scenarios. Since the RAND publication was released, China has made further military advances: more naval destroyers, cruisers, aircraft carriers and assault ships; hypersonic and intermediate rate ballistic missiles; anti-submarine warfare; and long range bombers. First chart: the evolution of US air superiority in being able to prevail against Chinese surface to air missile systems. The area above and to the left of each curve represents RAND estimates of how often US forces would prevail as a function of US aircraft missile range and detectability. For example, in 1996, only highly detectable US aircraft with shorter range missiles would lose in battle. By 2017, US aircraft needed to be much less detectable and more weaponized due to improvements in Chinese air defense systems Second chart: estimates of US air force capacity required in the Taiwan region that would be needed to defeat a short-warning Chinese air attack emanating from its bases in Guangzhou and Nanking Third chart: number of military engagement opportunities each Chinese submarine would have against US aircraft carriers stationed in the region over each 7-day period Fourth chart: percentage of Chinese ships sunk by US submarines in a 7-day campaign

Each chart below refers to a military conflict between the US and China with respect to the defense of Taiwan

9 “The US China Military Scorecard: Forces, Geography and the Evolving Balance of Power, 1996-2017”, Eric Heginbotham et al, RAND Corporation

0

50

100

150

200

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

Modeled estimates of US aircraft vs Chinese air defense systems, US aircraft weapon range, kilometers

Detectability of aircraft by radarVery low Low High

Above/left of the line: US aircraft winsBelow/right of the line: China air defense wins

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1996 2003 2010 2017

US air force capacity required to defeat Chinese air attack # of fighter wings (72 aircraft per wing) required for attrition victory

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

0

1

2

3

4

5

1996 2003 2010 2017

Chinese submarine engagement opportunities vs US aircraft carriers, # of opportunities per 7 day campaign

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

1996 2003 2010 2017

Share of China amphibious ships destroyed by US submarines, %, 7-day campaign

Source: RAND Corporation. 2015.

MILITARY BALANCE

Proporción de barcos anfibios chinos destruidos por submarinos estadounidenses%, campaña de 7 días

Fuente: RAND Corporation. 2015.

Page 29: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

28

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí

INFR A PONDER ACIÓN EN CHINA

[3] El inversor global mantiene una infra ponderación en China

Al mismo tiempo que los riesgos comerciales y militares entre Estados Unidos y China están a su nivel más alto de los últimos años, la economía china vuelve a estar en pleno boom y su apertura financiera está causando un continuo incremento de la ponderación de China en los productos diversificados globales basados en índices. Comenzaremos nuestro análisis con la renta variable, para pasar después a la renta fija.

Renta variable. China ya representa un 40% del índice MSCI EM Equity Index, y eso es antes de incluir más acciones de clase A. Si se incluyeran plenamente las acciones de clase A con su capitalización bursátil actual, la ponderación de China en el índice MSCI EM podría subir un 10% o más; la ponderación de las acciones de clase A en el índice MSCI China Index podría subir del 11% al 40%; y las acciones de clase A por sí solas podrían subir del 4% al 16% del índice MSCI EM Equity Index. Como se muestra en el tercer gráfico, aunque en la actualidad los gestores activos mantienen aproximadamente la misma ponderación que el mercado, esto cambiaría a medida que evolucionen las normas de inclusión del MSCI. El último gráfico muestra que las acciones de clase A de China continental tienen tasas de titularidad extranjera de entre las más bajas de los principales mercados de renta variable global.

Sucesos recientes: la OPV de Ant Financial, acciones antimonopolio y quiebra de una empresa estatal. Gavekal Research (HK) cree que la retirada de la OPV de Ant Financial, las medidas antimonopolio anunciadas por el gobierno chino contra compañías tecnológicas chinas y la quiebra de una empresa pública del sector del carbón son indicios positivos de una gestión de riesgos proactiva por parte de los reguladores chinos, que pretende impedir la formación de burbujas y el colapso del mercado5.Estoy de acuerdo con ellos, especialmente cuando pienso en los fallos regulatorios en Estados Unidos en los últimos 20 años, y sus consecuencias en los mercados.

5 Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, “Three Strikes And Still In”, 23 de noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

19

[3] The global investor underweight to China

At the same time that US-China trade and military risks are at their highest level in years, China’s financial opening will lead to continued growth in China’s weight in diversified index products. We start with equities, and then discuss fixed income.

Equities. China is already 40% of the MSCI EM Equity Index, and that’s before further inclusion of A-shares (which now only account for 11% of the MSCI China Index). If A-shares were fully included at their current market cap, China’s weight in the MSCI EM index could rise by 10% or more; the weight of A-shares in the MSCI China Index could grow from 11% to 40%; and A-shares alone could increase from 4% to 16% of the MSCI EM Equity Index. As shown in the second chart, while active managers are roughly market-weight now, this would change as MSCI inclusion rules evolve. As shown in the third chart, mainland China A-shares have among the lowest foreign ownership rates of major world equity markets.

Recent events: Ant Financial IPO, Antitrust and a state owned enterprise default. Gavekal Research (HK) believes that the Ant Financial IPO termination, Chinese antitrust measures announced against Chinese tech firms and an SOE default in the coal sector are actually positive signs of pro-active risk management by Chinese regulators seeking to prevent bubbles and a market collapse10. I agree with them, particularly when thinking about the history of regulatory lapses in US capital markets over the last 20 years.

10 Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, “Three Strikes And Still In”, November 23, 2020.

Mainland China A-Shares

Mainland China A-Shares

Hong Kong listed companies

Hong Kong listed companies

US listed Chinese companies

US listed Chinese companies

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Current MSCI market cap Potential MSCI market cap

Source: KraneShares. February 2020.

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

18%

Active managers MSCI EM current MSCI EM future

China A-share holdings

MSCI EM at full inclusion of China A-shares

Taiw

an

Hon

g K

ong

Bra

zil

Sout

h K

orea

Japa

n

US M

ainl

and

Chi

na (A

-Sha

res)

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

Foreign ownership of domestic stock markets% of total market cap

Source: Federal Reserve, National Conference of Stock Exchanges, HKEX, J.P. Morgan Emerging Markets Equity Research. November 2020.

CHINA INDEX WEIGHT

Composición actual y potencial del MSCI China

Fuente: KraneShares. Febrero de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

20

[3] The global investor underweight to China

At the same time that US-China trade and military risks are at their highest level in years, China’s economy is booming again and its financial opening is leading to continued increases in China’s weight in diversified global index products. We start with equities and then discuss fixed income.

Equities. China is already 40% of the MSCI EM Equity Index, and that’s before further inclusion of A-shares. If A-shares were fully included at their current market cap, China’s weight in the MSCI EM index could rise by 10%or more; the weight of A-shares in the MSCI China Index could grow from 11% to 40%; and A-shares alone couldincrease from 4% to 16% of the MSCI EM Equity Index. As shown in the third chart, while active managers areroughly market-weight now, this would change as MSCI inclusion rules evolve. The last chart shows howmainland China A-shares have among the lowest foreign ownership rates of major world equity markets.

Recent events: Ant Financial IPO, antitrust and a state owned enterprise default. Gavekal Research (HK) believes that the Ant Financial IPO termination, Chinese antitrust measures announced against Chinese tech firms and an SOE default in the coal sector are actually positive signs of pro-active risk management by Chinese regulators seeking to prevent bubbles and a market collapse10. I agree with them, particularly when thinking about US regulatory lapses and their market consequences over the last 20 years.

10 Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, “Three Strikes And Still In”, November 23, 2020.

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

Jan 2019 Jul 2019 Jan 2020 Jul 2020

ExportsElectricity consumptionIndustrial productionRetail salesNon-state owned enterprise fixed asset investment Mainland China

A-Shares

Mainland China A-Shares

Hong Kong listed companies

Hong Kong listed companies

US listed Chinese companies

US listed Chinese companies

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Current MSCI market cap Potential MSCI market cap

Current and potential MSCI China composition

Source: KraneShares. February 2020.

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

Active managers MSCI EM current MSCI EM futureSource: MSCI, Morningstar. Q2 2020.

MSCI EM at full inclusion of China A-shares

Taiw

an

Hon

g K

ong

Bra

zil

Sout

h K

orea

Japa

n

US M

ainl

and

Chi

na (A

-Sha

res)

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

Foreign ownership of domestic stock markets% of total market cap

Source: Federal Reserve, National Conference of Stock Exchanges, HKEX, J.P. Morgan Emerging Markets Equity Research. November 2020.

CHINA INDEX WEIGHT

Monitor de la economía chinaÍndice, 100=enero de 2019

Fuente: Oficina Nacional de Estadística de China, Administración General de Aduanas, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

19

[3] The global investor underweight to China

At the same time that US-China trade and military risks are at their highest level in years, China’s financial opening will lead to continued growth in China’s weight in diversified index products. We start with equities, and then discuss fixed income.

Equities. China is already 40% of the MSCI EM Equity Index, and that’s before further inclusion of A-shares (which now only account for 11% of the MSCI China Index). If A-shares were fully included at their current market cap, China’s weight in the MSCI EM index could rise by 10% or more; the weight of A-shares in the MSCI China Index could grow from 11% to 40%; and A-shares alone could increase from 4% to 16% of the MSCI EM Equity Index. As shown in the second chart, while active managers are roughly market-weight now, this would change as MSCI inclusion rules evolve. As shown in the third chart, mainland China A-shares have among the lowest foreign ownership rates of major world equity markets.

Recent events: Ant Financial IPO, Antitrust and a state owned enterprise default. Gavekal Research (HK) believes that the Ant Financial IPO termination, Chinese antitrust measures announced against Chinese tech firms and an SOE default in the coal sector are actually positive signs of pro-active risk management by Chinese regulators seeking to prevent bubbles and a market collapse10. I agree with them, particularly when thinking about the history of regulatory lapses in US capital markets over the last 20 years.

10 Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, “Three Strikes And Still In”, November 23, 2020.

Mainland China A-Shares

Mainland China A-Shares

Hong Kong listed companies

Hong Kong listed companies

US listed Chinese companies

US listed Chinese companies

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Current MSCI market cap Potential MSCI market cap

Source: KraneShares. February 2020.

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

18%

Active managers MSCI EM current MSCI EM future

China A-share holdings

MSCI EM at full inclusion of China A-shares

Taiw

an

Hon

g K

ong

Bra

zil

Sout

h K

orea

Japa

n

US M

ainl

and

Chi

na (A

-Sha

res)

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

Foreign ownership of domestic stock markets% of total market cap

Source: Federal Reserve, National Conference of Stock Exchanges, HKEX, J.P. Morgan Emerging Markets Equity Research. November 2020.

CHINA INDEX WEIGHT

Titularidad extranjera de mercados bursátiles nacionales% de capitalización bursátil total

Fuente: Reserva Federal, Conferencia Nacional de Bolsas, HKEX, J.P. Morgan Emerging Markets Equity Research. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

19

[3] The global investor underweight to China

At the same time that US-China trade and military risks are at their highest level in years, China’s financial opening will lead to continued growth in China’s weight in diversified index products. We start with equities, and then discuss fixed income.

Equities. China is already 40% of the MSCI EM Equity Index, and that’s before further inclusion of A-shares (which now only account for 11% of the MSCI China Index). If A-shares were fully included at their current market cap, China’s weight in the MSCI EM index could rise by 10% or more; the weight of A-shares in the MSCI China Index could grow from 11% to 40%; and A-shares alone could increase from 4% to 16% of the MSCI EM Equity Index. As shown in the second chart, while active managers are roughly market-weight now, this would change as MSCI inclusion rules evolve. As shown in the third chart, mainland China A-shares have among the lowest foreign ownership rates of major world equity markets.

Recent events: Ant Financial IPO, Antitrust and a state owned enterprise default. Gavekal Research (HK) believes that the Ant Financial IPO termination, Chinese antitrust measures announced against Chinese tech firms and an SOE default in the coal sector are actually positive signs of pro-active risk management by Chinese regulators seeking to prevent bubbles and a market collapse10. I agree with them, particularly when thinking about the history of regulatory lapses in US capital markets over the last 20 years.

10 Louis Gave, Gavekal Research, “Three Strikes And Still In”, November 23, 2020.

Mainland China A-Shares

Mainland China A-Shares

Hong Kong listed companies

Hong Kong listed companies

US listed Chinese companies

US listed Chinese companies

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Current MSCI market cap Potential MSCI market cap

Source: KraneShares. February 2020.

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

18%

Active managers MSCI EM current MSCI EM future

China A-share holdings

MSCI EM at full inclusion of China A-shares

Taiw

an

Hon

g K

ong

Bra

zil

Sout

h K

orea

Japa

n

US M

ainl

and

Chi

na (A

-Sha

res)

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

Foreign ownership of domestic stock markets% of total market cap

Source: Federal Reserve, National Conference of Stock Exchanges, HKEX, J.P. Morgan Emerging Markets Equity Research. November 2020.

CHINA INDEX WEIGHT

Posiciones en acciones chinas de clase A

Fuente: MSCI, Morningstar. Segundo trimestre de 2020.

Page 30: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

29

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí

INFR A PONDER ACIÓN EN CHINA

Renta fija. Aunque los inversores extranjeros han estado comprando bonos gubernamentales chinos, los 2 billones de yuanes añadidos desde 2014 solamente representan el 2% del mercado de renta fija nacional de China (el 3%, si únicamente incluimos emisores soberanos y el sector financiero). La ponderación actual de China en el índice Barclays Global Aggregate asciende al 3%, y subirá al 6% cuando se incluyan más productos chinos. En comparación con otros mercados de bonos líquidos globales, China sale bien parado en rendimiento y en volatilidad, y también tiene menores duraciones.

Riesgos del crédito de China. En China, generalmente se tiene en cuenta la suma de la deuda gubernamental y la corporativa, dado que la división entre deuda pública y deuda privada china es borrosa (la deuda de las empresas públicas puede considerarse como deuda corporativa y/o como un pasivo del gobierno). No obstante, aunque los niveles de deuda globales de China son tan altos como los de Estados Unidos, la titularidad de la deuda china es mayoritariamente interna, no externa. El último gráfico muestra las posiciones de inversión internacional neta, que miden la posición de cada país en activos extranjeros, menos derechos extranjeros sobre los activos de dicho país. China sigue siendo una nación acreedora en términos netos, en contraste con Estados Unidos. Otra forma de ilustrar el mismo concepto es señalar que, en Estados Unidos, la ratio de deuda externa neta frente al PIB asciende al 95%, mientras que en China es de tan sólo un 15%. En otras palabras, aunque para los inversores de renta variable China es un mercado emergente, generalmente se considera un mercado desarrollado para la inversión en renta fija.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

20

Fixed income. While investors have been investing in Chinese government bonds, the 2 trillion RMB added since 2014 only amounts to 2% of China’s total domestic fixed income market (3% if we only include sovereign and financial sector issuers). China’s current weight in the Barclays Global Aggregate is 3%, but will rise to 6% upon full inclusion. As shown on the right, compared to other liquid global bond markets, China compares favorably with respect to both current yield and volatility and also has a lower duration.

China credit risk. We typically look at gov’t plus corporate debt when looking at China since the division between public and private debt in China is often blurred (debt of state owned enterprises can be considered corporate debt and/or a liability of the gov’t). However, even though China’s overall debt levels are just as high as the US, Chinese debt is owed mostly internally rather than externally. The last chart shows Net International Investment Positions, which measure each country’s stock of foreign assets less foreign claims on that country’s assets. China is still a net creditor nation, in contrast to the US. Another way to illustrate the same concept: net external debt to GDP is 95% in the US and just 15% in China. In other words, while China is an emerging market for equity investors, it is usually considered a developed market for fixed income buyers.

Bonds

Stocks

0

1

2

3

4

5

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020Source: Peterson Institute for International Economics. February 2020.

Italy

SpainGermany

France

China

US

JapanUKGlobal

-0.5%

0.0%

0.5%

1.0%

1.5%

2.0%

2.5%

3.0%

3.5%

2.0% 4.0% 6.0% 8.0% 10.0%% annualized volatility, 2013-2020

Source: Bloomberg. November 18, 2020.

20%40%60%80%

100%120%140%160%180%200%220%240%

2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018

General government and non-financial corporate debt% of GDP

US(government + non-financial

corporate debt)

China (government + non-financial

corporate debt)

China (government debt)

Switz

erla

nd

Net

herla

nds

Ger

man

y

Japa

n

Can

ada

Bel

gium

Rus

sia

Swed

en

Chi

na

Italy

Indi

a

UK

Fran

ce

Bra

zil

US

-80%

-60%

-40%

-20%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

Net international investment position% of trailing 4-quarter GDP

Source: BEA, central banks and government agencies, JPMAM. Q2 2020.

Net creditors

Net debtors

CHINA INDEX WEIGHT

Inversión extranjera en acciones y bonos chinosBillones de yuanes

Fuente: Peterson Institute for International Economics. Febrero de 2020.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

20

Fixed income. While investors have been investing in Chinese government bonds, the 2 trillion RMB added since 2014 only amounts to 2% of China’s total domestic fixed income market (3% if we only include sovereign and financial sector issuers). China’s current weight in the Barclays Global Aggregate is 3%, but will rise to 6% upon full inclusion. As shown on the right, compared to other liquid global bond markets, China compares favorably with respect to both current yield and volatility and also has a lower duration.

China credit risk. We typically look at gov’t plus corporate debt when looking at China since the division between public and private debt in China is often blurred (debt of state owned enterprises can be considered corporate debt and/or a liability of the gov’t). However, even though China’s overall debt levels are just as high as the US, Chinese debt is owed mostly internally rather than externally. The last chart shows Net International Investment Positions, which measure each country’s stock of foreign assets less foreign claims on that country’s assets. China is still a net creditor nation, in contrast to the US. Another way to illustrate the same concept: net external debt to GDP is 95% in the US and just 15% in China. In other words, while China is an emerging market for equity investors, it is usually considered a developed market for fixed income buyers.

Bonds

Stocks

0

1

2

3

4

5

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020Source: Peterson Institute for International Economics. February 2020.

Italy

SpainGermany

France

China

US

JapanUKGlobal

-0.5%

0.0%

0.5%

1.0%

1.5%

2.0%

2.5%

3.0%

3.5%

2.0% 4.0% 6.0% 8.0% 10.0%% annualized volatility, 2013-2020

Source: Bloomberg. November 18, 2020.

20%40%60%80%

100%120%140%160%180%200%220%240%

2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018

General government and non-financial corporate debt% of GDP

US(government + non-financial

corporate debt)

China (government + non-financial

corporate debt)

China (government debt)

Switz

erla

nd

Net

herla

nds

Ger

man

y

Japa

n

Can

ada

Bel

gium

Rus

sia

Swed

en

Chi

na

Italy

Indi

a

UK

Fran

ce

Bra

zil

US

-80%

-60%

-40%

-20%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

Net international investment position% of trailing 4-quarter GDP

Source: BEA, central banks and government agencies, JPMAM. Q2 2020.

Net creditors

Net debtors

CHINA INDEX WEIGHT

Deuda gubernamental general y deuda corporativa no financiera% del PIB

Fuente: Wind, CNBS, Reserva Federal. Tercer trimestre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

20

Fixed income. While investors have been investing in Chinese government bonds, the 2 trillion RMB added since 2014 only amounts to 2% of China’s total domestic fixed income market (3% if we only include sovereign and financial sector issuers). China’s current weight in the Barclays Global Aggregate is 3%, but will rise to 6% upon full inclusion. As shown on the right, compared to other liquid global bond markets, China compares favorably with respect to both current yield and volatility and also has a lower duration.

China credit risk. We typically look at gov’t plus corporate debt when looking at China since the division between public and private debt in China is often blurred (debt of state owned enterprises can be considered corporate debt and/or a liability of the gov’t). However, even though China’s overall debt levels are just as high as the US, Chinese debt is owed mostly internally rather than externally. The last chart shows Net International Investment Positions, which measure each country’s stock of foreign assets less foreign claims on that country’s assets. China is still a net creditor nation, in contrast to the US. Another way to illustrate the same concept: net external debt to GDP is 95% in the US and just 15% in China. In other words, while China is an emerging market for equity investors, it is usually considered a developed market for fixed income buyers.

Bonds

Stocks

0

1

2

3

4

5

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020Source: Peterson Institute for International Economics. February 2020.

Italy

SpainGermany

France

China

US

JapanUKGlobal

-0.5%

0.0%

0.5%

1.0%

1.5%

2.0%

2.5%

3.0%

3.5%

2.0% 4.0% 6.0% 8.0% 10.0%% annualized volatility, 2013-2020

Source: Bloomberg. November 18, 2020.

20%40%60%80%

100%120%140%160%180%200%220%240%

2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018

General government and non-financial corporate debt% of GDP

US(government + non-financial

corporate debt)

China (government + non-financial

corporate debt)

China (government debt)

Switz

erla

nd

Net

herla

nds

Ger

man

y

Japa

n

Can

ada

Bel

gium

Rus

sia

Swed

en

Chi

na

Italy

Indi

a

UK

Fran

ce

Bra

zil

US

-80%

-60%

-40%

-20%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

Net international investment position% of trailing 4-quarter GDP

Source: BEA, central banks and government agencies, JPMAM. Q2 2020.

Net creditors

Net debtors

CHINA INDEX WEIGHT

Posición de inversión internacional neta% de PIB a cuatro trimestres, basado en datos pasados

Fuente: Oficina de Análisis Económico, bancos centrales y agencias gubernamentales, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Segundo trimestre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MA RKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

20

Fixed income. While investors have been investing in Chinese government bonds, the 2 trillion RMB added since 2014 only amounts to 2% of China’s total domestic fixed income market (3% if we only include sovereign and financial sector issuers). China’s current weight in the Barclays Global Aggregate is 3%, but will rise to 6% upon full inclusion. As shown on the right, compared to other liquid global bond markets, China compares favorably with respect to both current yield and volatility and also has a lower duration.

China credit risk. We typically look at gov’t plus corporate debt when looking at China since the division between public and private debt in China is often blurred (debt of state owned enterprises can be considered corporate debt and/or a liability of the gov’t). However, even though China’s overall debt levels are just as high as the US, Chinese debt is owed mostly internally rather than externally. The last chart shows Net International Investment Positions, which measure each country’s stock of foreign assets less foreign claims on that country’s assets. China is still a net creditor nation, in contrast to the US. Another way to illustrate the same concept: net external debt to GDP is 95% in the US and just 15% in China. In other words, while China is an emerging market for equity investors, it is usually considered a developed market for fixed income buyers.

Bonds

Stocks

0

1

2

3

4

5

2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020Source: Peterson Institute for International Economics. February 2020.

Italy

SpainGermany

France

China

US

JapanUKGlobal

-0.5%

0.0%

0.5%

1.0%

1.5%

2.0%

2.5%

3.0%

3.5%

2.0% 4.0% 6.0% 8.0% 10.0%% annualized volatility, 2013-2020

Source: Bloomberg. November 18, 2020.

20%40%60%80%

100%120%140%160%180%200%220%240%

2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018

General government and non-financial corporate debt% of GDP

US(government + non-financial

corporate debt)

China (government + non-financial

corporate debt)

China (government debt)

Switz

erla

nd

Net

herla

nds

Ger

man

y

Japa

n

Can

ada

Bel

gium

Rus

sia

Swed

en

Chi

na

Italy

Indi

a

UK

Fran

ce

Bra

zil

US

-80%

-60%

-40%

-20%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

Net international investment position% of trailing 4-quarter GDP

Source: BEA, central banks and government agencies, JPMAM. Q2 2020.

Net creditors

Net debtors

CHINA INDEX WEIGHT

Yield to worst frente a volatilidad de los índices de bonos “aggregate”%, yield to worst

Fuente: Bloomberg. 18 de noviembre de 2020.

Page 31: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

30

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí

ME JORES RESULTADOS EEUU

[4] ¿Por qué el mercado de renta variable estadounidense sigue superando a los mercados de Europa y Japón?

Cuando alguien le diga que está recomendando sobreponderar Europa o Japón frente a Estados Unidos en contra del consenso, asegúrese de preguntarle cuántas veces ha hecho esa misma recomendación en el pasado. ¿Por qué? Porque, si la hizo, probablemente se equivocó. Como hemos comentado muchas veces, la estrategia de sobreponderar Estados Unidos y mercados emergentes frente a Europa y Japón ha sido uno de los enfoques de asignación de activos más exitosos a lo largo del tiempo, y ha vuelto a funcionar en 2020. Desde enero de 2010, la renta variable estadounidense ha generado rentabilidades totales de 319%, frente a los 124% de Japón, el 87% de Europa y el 73% de los mercados emergentes.

¿Por qué Estados Unidos ha obtenido sistemáticamente rentabilidades superiores a las de Europa y Japón? Las explicaciones más verosímiles tienen que ver más con la microeconomía que con la macroeconomía6. Piensen de dónde provienen a menudo las mayores ganancias de los mercados de renta variable en un entorno de bajo crecimiento: del sector tecnológico, y no de otros sectores con un crecimiento de los beneficios más bajo y más volátil (materiales básicos, energía, industriales). En Estados Unidos, la ponderación del sector tecnológico es mucho mayor que el de los otros tres, mientras que en Europa y Japón sucede lo contrario (tercer gráfico). Por otro lado, cuando observamos lo que sucede dentro de cada sector, vemos que las compañías estadounidenses suelen tener mayor rentabilidad que sus equivalentes europeos y japoneses (ver tabla); esta comparación es muy importante y resulta sumamente ilustrativa, y podría constituir la mejor explicación de todas.

6 Ésta es la explicación macroeconómica: Desde 2014, en Estados Unidos el segmento de población con ingresos más altos (con edades comprendidas entre 30 y 49 años) ha estado creciendo más rápido que en Europa. Los datos de las Naciones Unidas indican que, entre 2020 y 2025, se espera una ampliación adicional de esta brecha; de hecho, se espera que este segmento crezca un 5% en Estados Unidos, mientras que en Europa caerá un 3%.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

21

[4] Why does the US equity market keep outperforming Europe and Japan?

When someone tells you they’re making a contrarian recommendation to overweight Europe or Japan vs the US, be sure and ask them how many times they made the same recommendation before. Why? Because they were probably wrong when they did. As we have illustrated multiple times, a strategy to overweight the US and Emerging Markets vs Europe and Japan has been one of the most consistently successful asset allocation approaches I have ever seen, and it worked again in 2019. Since January 2010, US equities generated total returns of 318% vs 121% for Japan, 85% for Europe and 73% for Emerging Markets.

Why has the US consistently outperformed Europe and Japan? The most plausible reasons have more to do with micro than macro11. Think about where the largest equity market gains often come from in a low-growth world: the Tech sector, rather than sectors with lower and more volatile earnings growth (Basic Materials, Energy, Industrials). In the US, the Tech sector’s weight is higher than the other three, while the reverse is true in Europe and Japan (3rd chart). And when we look within sectors, US companies generally have higher profitability than their European and Japanese counterparts (table); this is a very telling and important comparison, and might be the best explanation of all.

11 A macro explanation: since 2014, the prime income population (aged 30-49) in the US has been growing faster than in Europe. UN data indicates that this gap is expected to grow even wider from 2020-2025, as the US prime income population expands by 5% while the European prime income population declines by 3%.

-8%-6%-4%-2%0%2%4%6%8%

1991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018Source: Bloomberg, JPMAM. Q3 2020. All equity portfolio, rebalanced quarterly. 10% OW to US, 8% UW to Europe, 2% UW to Japan. Assumes no currency hedging.

Overweight US, underweight Europe & Japan3-year rolling out (under) performance vs MSCI All World Index

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20 '21Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020.

US outperforming Europe and JapanTotal return in US$, Jan 2010 = 100

MSCI Japan

MSCI Europe

S&P 500

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

US Europe Japan

Technology

Materials +Energy +Industrials

Source: Bloomberg. December 17, 2020. Technology includes: GICS level 1 Information Technology + GICS level 3 Interactive Media & Services.

High growth tech drives US markets, growth laggards drive Europe and Japan, % of total index market cap

Country Consumer Staples

Consumer Discretionary Technology Healthcare Communication

Services Financials

US 6.9 4.1 9.8 5.8 4.4 0.8

Europe 5.1 0.6 5.4 4.9 1.5 0.2

Japan 2.9 1.7 3.9 3.7 3.3 0.2

Country Consumer Staples

Consumer Discretionary Technology Healthcare Communication

Services Financials

US 28.2 25.1 27.6 18.4 12.6 8.5

Europe 18.0 5.5 14.6 17.3 9.0 6.2

Japan 9.2 5.0 9.3 10.2 1.0 5.1

Return on Equity: Higher in the US

Return on Assets: Higher in the US

US OUTPERFORMANCE

Sobreponderación en Estados Unidos y mercados emergentes, infraponderación en Europa y JapónRentabilidades superiores (inferiores) a tres años vs. MSCI All World Index

Fuente: Bloomberg, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Tercer trimestre de 2020. Cartera 100% renta variable, reequilibrada trimestralmente. Ponderación del 10% en Estados Unidos, infraponderación del 8% en Europa, infraponderación del 2% Japón. No se asume ninguna cobertura de divisa.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

22

[4] Why does the US equity market keep outperforming Europe and Japan?

When someone tells you they’re making a contrarian recommendation to overweight Europe or Japan vs the US, be sure and ask them how many times they made the same recommendation before. Why? Because they were probably wrong when they did. As we have illustrated multiple times, a strategy to overweight the US and Emerging Markets vs Europe and Japan has been one of the most consistently successful asset allocation approaches I have ever seen, and it worked again in 2020. Since January 2010, US equities generated total returns of 319% vs 124% for Japan, 87% for Europe and 73% for Emerging Markets.

Why has the US consistently outperformed Europe and Japan? The most plausible reasons have more to do with micro than macro11. Think about where the largest equity market gains often come from in a low-growth world: the Tech sector, rather than sectors with lower and more volatile earnings growth (Basic Materials, Energy, Industrials). In the US, the Tech sector’s weight is higher than the other three, while the reverse is true in Europe and Japan (3rd chart). And when we look within sectors, US companies generally have higher profitability than their European and Japanese counterparts (table); this is a very telling and important comparison, and might be the best explanation of all.

11 A macro explanation: since 2014, the prime income population (aged 30-49) in the US has been growing faster than in Europe. UN data indicates that this gap is expected to grow even wider from 2020-2025, as the US prime income population expands by 5% while the European prime income population declines by 3%.

-8%-6%-4%-2%0%2%4%6%8%

1991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018Source: Bloomberg, JPMAM. Q3 2020. All equity portfolio, rebalanced quarterly. 10% OW to US, 8% UW to Europe, 2% UW to Japan. Assumes no currency hedging.

Overweight US, underweight Europe & Japan3-year rolling out (under) performance vs MSCI All World Index

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20 '21Source: Bloomberg. December 29, 2020.

US outperforming Europe and JapanTotal return in US$, Jan 2010 = 100

MSCI Japan

MSCI Europe

S&P 500

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

US Europe Japan

Technology

Materials +Energy +Industrials

Source: Bloomberg. December 29, 2020. Technology includes: GICS level 1 Information Technology + GICS level 3 Interactive Media & Services.

High growth tech drives US markets, growth laggards drive Europe and Japan, % of total index market cap

Country Consumer Staples

Consumer Discretionary Technology Healthcare Communication

Services Financials

US 6.9 4.1 9.9 5.8 4.4 0.8

Europe 5.1 0.6 5.4 4.9 1.5 0.2

Japan 2.9 1.7 3.9 3.7 3.4 0.2

Country Consumer Staples

Consumer Discretionary Technology Healthcare Communication

Services Financials

US 28.2 25.1 27.6 18.4 12.6 8.5

Europe 18.0 5.5 14.6 17.3 9.0 6.2

Japan 9.2 5.0 9.3 10.2 1.0 5.1

US OUTPERFORMANCE

El sector tecnológico de alto crecimiento impulsa a los mercados estadounidenses, sectores de menor crecimiento impulsan a los mercados de Europa y Japón, % de capitalización bursátil total del índice

Fuente: Bloomberg. 29 de diciembre de 2020. Sector tecnológico incluye: GICS nivel 1 tecnologías de la información + GICS nivel 3 medios y servicios interactivos.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

22

[4] Why does the US equity market keep outperforming Europe and Japan?

When someone tells you they’re making a contrarian recommendation to overweight Europe or Japan vs the US, be sure and ask them how many times they made the same recommendation before. Why? Because they were probably wrong when they did. As we have illustrated multiple times, a strategy to overweight the US and Emerging Markets vs Europe and Japan has been one of the most consistently successful asset allocation approaches I have ever seen, and it worked again in 2020. Since January 2010, US equities generated total returns of 319% vs 124% for Japan, 87% for Europe and 73% for Emerging Markets.

Why has the US consistently outperformed Europe and Japan? The most plausible reasons have more to do with micro than macro11. Think about where the largest equity market gains often come from in a low-growth world: the Tech sector, rather than sectors with lower and more volatile earnings growth (Basic Materials, Energy, Industrials). In the US, the Tech sector’s weight is higher than the other three, while the reverse is true in Europe and Japan (3rd chart). And when we look within sectors, US companies generally have higher profitability than their European and Japanese counterparts (table); this is a very telling and important comparison, and might be the best explanation of all.

11 A macro explanation: since 2014, the prime income population (aged 30-49) in the US has been growing faster than in Europe. UN data indicates that this gap is expected to grow even wider from 2020-2025, as the US prime income population expands by 5% while the European prime income population declines by 3%.

-8%-6%-4%-2%0%2%4%6%8%

1991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018Source: Bloomberg, JPMAM. Q3 2020. All equity portfolio, rebalanced quarterly. 10% OW to US, 8% UW to Europe, 2% UW to Japan. Assumes no currency hedging.

Overweight US, underweight Europe & Japan3-year rolling out (under) performance vs MSCI All World Index

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20 '21Source: Bloomberg. December 29, 2020.

US outperforming Europe and JapanTotal return in US$, Jan 2010 = 100

MSCI Japan

MSCI Europe

S&P 500

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

US Europe Japan

Technology

Materials +Energy +Industrials

Source: Bloomberg. December 29, 2020. Technology includes: GICS level 1 Information Technology + GICS level 3 Interactive Media & Services.

High growth tech drives US markets, growth laggards drive Europe and Japan, % of total index market cap

Country Consumer Staples

Consumer Discretionary Technology Healthcare Communication

Services Financials

US 6.9 4.1 9.9 5.8 4.4 0.8

Europe 5.1 0.6 5.4 4.9 1.5 0.2

Japan 2.9 1.7 3.9 3.7 3.4 0.2

Country Consumer Staples

Consumer Discretionary Technology Healthcare Communication

Services Financials

US 28.2 25.1 27.6 18.4 12.6 8.5

Europe 18.0 5.5 14.6 17.3 9.0 6.2

Japan 9.2 5.0 9.3 10.2 1.0 5.1

Return on Equity: Higher in the US

Return on Assets: Higher in the US

US OUTPERFORMANCE

Estados Unidos obtiene mejores resultados que Europa y JapónRentabilidad total en dólares estadounidenses, enero de 2010=100

Fuente: Bloomberg. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

22

[4] Why does the US equity market keep outperforming Europe and Japan?

When someone tells you they’re making a contrarian recommendation to overweight Europe or Japan vs the US, be sure and ask them how many times they made the same recommendation before. Why? Because they were probably wrong when they did. As we have illustrated multiple times, a strategy to overweight the US and Emerging Markets vs Europe and Japan has been one of the most consistently successful asset allocation approaches I have ever seen, and it worked again in 2020. Since January 2010, US equities generated total returns of 319% vs 124% for Japan, 87% for Europe and 73% for Emerging Markets.

Why has the US consistently outperformed Europe and Japan? The most plausible reasons have more to do with micro than macro11. Think about where the largest equity market gains often come from in a low-growth world: the Tech sector, rather than sectors with lower and more volatile earnings growth (Basic Materials, Energy, Industrials). In the US, the Tech sector’s weight is higher than the other three, while the reverse is true in Europe and Japan (3rd chart). And when we look within sectors, US companies generally have higher profitability than their European and Japanese counterparts (table); this is a very telling and important comparison, and might be the best explanation of all.

11 A macro explanation: since 2014, the prime income population (aged 30-49) in the US has been growing faster than in Europe. UN data indicates that this gap is expected to grow even wider from 2020-2025, as the US prime income population expands by 5% while the European prime income population declines by 3%.

-8%-6%-4%-2%0%2%4%6%8%

1991 1994 1997 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 2018Source: Bloomberg, JPMAM. Q3 2020. All equity portfolio, rebalanced quarterly. 10% OW to US, 8% UW to Europe, 2% UW to Japan. Assumes no currency hedging.

Overweight US, underweight Europe & Japan3-year rolling out (under) performance vs MSCI All World Index

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

'10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20 '21Source: Bloomberg. December 29, 2020.

US outperforming Europe and JapanTotal return in US$, Jan 2010 = 100

MSCI Japan

MSCI Europe

S&P 500

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

US Europe Japan

Technology

Materials +Energy +Industrials

Source: Bloomberg. December 29, 2020. Technology includes: GICS level 1 Information Technology + GICS level 3 Interactive Media & Services.

High growth tech drives US markets, growth laggards drive Europe and Japan, % of total index market cap

Country Consumer Staples

Consumer Discretionary Technology Healthcare Communication

Services Financials

US 6.9 4.1 9.9 5.8 4.4 0.8

Europe 5.1 0.6 5.4 4.9 1.5 0.2

Japan 2.9 1.7 3.9 3.7 3.4 0.2

Country Consumer Staples

Consumer Discretionary Technology Healthcare Communication

Services Financials

US 28.2 25.1 27.6 18.4 12.6 8.5

Europe 18.0 5.5 14.6 17.3 9.0 6.2

Japan 9.2 5.0 9.3 10.2 1.0 5.1

US OUTPERFORMANCE

La rentabilidad de los activos es más alta en Estados Unidos

La rentabilidad de los fondos propios es más alta en Estados Unidos

Fuente: Bloomberg. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

Page 32: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

31

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí TIPOS NEGATIVOS

[5] ¿Qué efecto están teniendo los tipos de interés negativos en los bancos europeos?

Desde el inicio del ciclo de tipos de referencia negativos en 2014, tanto las rentabilidades como las valoraciones de la renta variable de los bancos europeos han sido inferiores a las de sus homólogos estadounidenses. No conocemos la versión alternativa de los hechos; el BCE podría argumentar que, sin tipos negativos, la región estaría en una situación aún peor, y el aumento de la morosidad empresarial haría la vida aún más difícil para los bancos. Sea cual sea el caso, los tipos de interés negativos han supuesto un dolor de cabeza importante para los inversores en bancos europeos, y no parece que la situación vaya a cambiar.

La subida de los beneficios de los bancos europeos de los últimos dos años se debe en gran medida a la reducción de las provisiones por posibles pérdidas derivadas de préstamos, y no a un aumento de sus ingresos ni a una caída de los gastos de explotación. En otras palabras, no se trata de un incremento orgánico de los beneficios bancarios. Mientras partes sustanciales de la curva de tipos europea sean negativas (ver tabla), no veo cómo esto podría cambiar.

Con independencia de que los tipos negativos sean el síntoma, la enfermedad o la cura, espero que nunca emigren de Europa a Estados Unidos. El economista de la Universidad de Princeton, Markus Brunnermeier, cree que existe un “tipo de reversión”: un punto de inflexión más allá del cual el daño que causaría a los bancos una reducción adicional de los tipos superaría los beneficios a la economía, en cuyo caso la aplicación de más políticas expansivas provocaría una contracción de la economía, en lugar de estimularla. En otras palabras, según cae la rentabilidad de los bancos, se deteriora su capacidad de generar nuevo capital, lo que perjudica a su capacidad de conceder nuevos préstamos.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

23

[5] What are negative policy rates doing for European banks? Nothing good

European bank equity returns and valuations have trailed the US since negative policy rates began in 2014. We don’t know the counterfactual, and perhaps the ECB would argue that without negative rates, the region would be in even worse shape with rising corporate defaults making life even worse for banks. Whatever the case, negative rates have been a headache for bank investors in Europe, and it doesn’t look like they’re going away.

The rise in European bank profits in the last couple of years is almost entirely due to reduced loan loss provisions, rather than resulting from rising operating income or falling operating expenses. In other words, this is not an organic increase in bank profits. As long as substantial parts of the European yield curve are negative (see table), I don’t really see how this will change much.

Whether negative rates are a symptom, a disease or a cure, I hope they never emigrate from Europe to the US. Princeton economist Markus Brunnermeier believes in a “reversal rate”: a tipping point beyond which damage to banks from further rate reductions outweigh benefits to the economy, in which case more easing becomes contractionary rather than stimulative. In other words, as bank profitability falls, their ability to generate new capital deteriorates, which undermines their ability to make new loans.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021

US vs Europe: banks total return performanceTotal return in US$, Jan 2009 = 100

S&P 500banks index

Euro STOXXbanks index

Start of ECB negative interest rate era

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021

US vs Europe: banks price to bookRatio

S&P 500banks index

Euro STOXXbanks index

Start of ECB negative interest rate era

-400-300-200-100

0100200300400500600

2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Source: ECB, Barclays European Research. 2019.

Banks profitability driven by falling loan provisionsEUR billions

Operating income

Operating expense

Loan provisions

Profit/Loss

Percentage of J.P. Morgan GBI Broad Index trading with negative yieldsCountry Total 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 5-7 Years 7-10 Years 10+ YearsDenmark 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Finland 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Germany 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Netherlands 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Austria 83% 100% 100% 100% 100% 54%Sweden 82% 100% 100% 100% 100% 21%Ireland 82% 100% 100% 100% 100% 39%France 81% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45%Belgium 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45%Portugal 74% 100% 100% 100% 81% 0%Spain 63% 100% 100% 100% 68% 0%Japan 51% 100% 100% 100% 80% 0%Italy 37% 100% 100% 0% 0% 0%Total 64% 100% 100% 82% 77% 22%Source: J.P. Morgan Global Index Research, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. November 30, 2020

NEGATIVE RATES

Estados Unidos frente a Europa: rentabilidad total de bancosRentabilidad total en dólares estadounidenses, enero de 2009=100

Fuente: Bloomberg. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

22

[5] What are negative policy rates doing to European banks? Nothing good

European bank equity returns and valuations have trailed the US since negative policy rates began in 2014. We don’t know the counterfactual, and perhaps the ECB would argue that without negative rates, the region would be in even worse shape with rising corporate defaults making life even worse for banks. Whatever the case, negative rates have been a headache for bank investors in Europe, and it doesn’t look like they’re going away.

The rise in European bank profits in the last couple of years is almost entirely due to reduced loan loss provisions, rather than resulting from rising operating income or falling operating expenses. In other words, this is not an organic increase in bank profits. As long as substantial parts of the European yield curve are negative (see table), I don’t really see how this will change much.

Whether negative rates are a symptom, a disease or a cure, I hope they never emigrate from Europe to the US. Princeton economist Markus Brunnermeier believes in a “reversal rate”: a tipping point beyond which damage to banks from further rate reductions outweigh benefits to the economy, in which case more easing becomes contractionary rather than stimulative. In other words, as bank profitability falls, their ability to generate new capital deteriorates, which undermines their ability to make new loans.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021

US vs Europe: banks total return performanceTotal return in US$, Jan 2009 = 100

S&P 500banks index

Euro STOXXbanks index

Start of ECB negative interest rate era

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021

US vs Europe: banks price to bookRatio

S&P 500banks index

Euro STOXXbanks index

Start of ECB negative interest rate era

-400-300-200-100

0100200300400500600

2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Banks profitability driven by falling loan provisionsEUR billions

Operating income

Operating expense

Loan provisions

Profit/Loss

Percentage of J.P. Morgan GBI Broad Index trading with negative yieldsCountry Total 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 5-7 Years 7-10 Years 10+ YearsDenmark 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Finland 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Germany 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Netherlands 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Austria 83% 100% 100% 100% 100% 54%Sweden 82% 100% 100% 100% 100% 21%Ireland 82% 100% 100% 100% 100% 39%France 81% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45%Belgium 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45%Portugal 74% 100% 100% 100% 81% 0%Spain 63% 100% 100% 100% 68% 0%Japan 51% 100% 100% 100% 80% 0%Italy 37% 100% 100% 0% 0% 0%Total 64% 100% 100% 82% 77% 22%

NEGATIVE RATES

La rentabilidad de los bancos ha venido impulsada por la reducción de las provisiones por préstamos Miles de millones de euros

Fuente: BCE, Barclays European Research. 2019.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

23

[5] What are negative policy rates doing for European banks? Nothing good

European bank equity returns and valuations have trailed the US since negative policy rates began in 2014. We don’t know the counterfactual, and perhaps the ECB would argue that without negative rates, the region would be in even worse shape with rising corporate defaults making life even worse for banks. Whatever the case, negative rates have been a headache for bank investors in Europe, and it doesn’t look like they’re going away.

The rise in European bank profits in the last couple of years is almost entirely due to reduced loan loss provisions, rather than resulting from rising operating income or falling operating expenses. In other words, this is not an organic increase in bank profits. As long as substantial parts of the European yield curve are negative (see table), I don’t really see how this will change much.

Whether negative rates are a symptom, a disease or a cure, I hope they never emigrate from Europe to the US. Princeton economist Markus Brunnermeier believes in a “reversal rate”: a tipping point beyond which damage to banks from further rate reductions outweigh benefits to the economy, in which case more easing becomes contractionary rather than stimulative. In other words, as bank profitability falls, their ability to generate new capital deteriorates, which undermines their ability to make new loans.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021

US vs Europe: banks total return performanceTotal return in US$, Jan 2009 = 100

S&P 500banks index

Euro STOXXbanks index

Start of ECB negative interest rate era

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021

US vs Europe: banks price to bookRatio

S&P 500banks index

Euro STOXXbanks index

Start of ECB negative interest rate era

-400-300-200-100

0100200300400500600

2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Source: ECB, Barclays European Research. 2019.

Banks profitability driven by falling loan provisionsEUR billions

Operating income

Operating expense

Loan provisions

Profit/Loss

Percentage of J.P. Morgan GBI Broad Index trading with negative yieldsCountry Total 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 5-7 Years 7-10 Years 10+ YearsDenmark 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Finland 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Germany 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Netherlands 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Austria 83% 100% 100% 100% 100% 54%Sweden 82% 100% 100% 100% 100% 21%Ireland 82% 100% 100% 100% 100% 39%France 81% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45%Belgium 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45%Portugal 74% 100% 100% 100% 81% 0%Spain 63% 100% 100% 100% 68% 0%Japan 51% 100% 100% 100% 80% 0%Italy 37% 100% 100% 0% 0% 0%Total 64% 100% 100% 82% 77% 22%Source: J.P. Morgan Global Index Research, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. November 30, 2020

NEGATIVE RATES

Estados Unidos frente a Europa: ratio precio/valor contable de bancosRatio

Fuente: Bloomberg. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

22

[5] What are negative policy rates doing to European banks? Nothing good

European bank equity returns and valuations have trailed the US since negative policy rates began in 2014. We don’t know the counterfactual, and perhaps the ECB would argue that without negative rates, the region would be in even worse shape with rising corporate defaults making life even worse for banks. Whatever the case, negative rates have been a headache for bank investors in Europe, and it doesn’t look like they’re going away.

The rise in European bank profits in the last couple of years is almost entirely due to reduced loan loss provisions, rather than resulting from rising operating income or falling operating expenses. In other words, this is not an organic increase in bank profits. As long as substantial parts of the European yield curve are negative (see table), I don’t really see how this will change much.

Whether negative rates are a symptom, a disease or a cure, I hope they never emigrate from Europe to the US. Princeton economist Markus Brunnermeier believes in a “reversal rate”: a tipping point beyond which damage to banks from further rate reductions outweigh benefits to the economy, in which case more easing becomes contractionary rather than stimulative. In other words, as bank profitability falls, their ability to generate new capital deteriorates, which undermines their ability to make new loans.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021

US vs Europe: banks total return performanceTotal return in US$, Jan 2009 = 100

S&P 500banks index

Euro STOXXbanks index

Start of ECB negative interest rate era

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021

US vs Europe: banks price to bookRatio

S&P 500banks index

Euro STOXXbanks index

Start of ECB negative interest rate era

-400-300-200-100

0100200300400500600

2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019

Banks profitability driven by falling loan provisionsEUR billions

Operating income

Operating expense

Loan provisions

Profit/Loss

Percentage of J.P. Morgan GBI Broad Index trading with negative yieldsCountry Total 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 5-7 Years 7-10 Years 10+ YearsDenmark 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Finland 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Germany 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Netherlands 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%Austria 83% 100% 100% 100% 100% 54%Sweden 82% 100% 100% 100% 100% 21%Ireland 82% 100% 100% 100% 100% 39%France 81% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45%Belgium 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 45%Portugal 74% 100% 100% 100% 81% 0%Spain 63% 100% 100% 100% 68% 0%Japan 51% 100% 100% 100% 80% 0%Italy 37% 100% 100% 0% 0% 0%Total 64% 100% 100% 82% 77% 22%

NEGATIVE RATES

Porcentaje del índice J.P. Morgan GBI Broad Index con rendimientos negativos

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Global Index Research. J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 30 de noviembre de 2020.

Page 33: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

32

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíMERC ADOS EMERGENTES

[6] Mercados emergentes: atractivos por tres motivos

Es bien sencillo: los mercados emergentes ofrecen valor a los inversores en la actualidad por tres motivos.

• Mejora del déficit en cuenta corriente (es decir, reducción del riesgo de ajustes en la balanza de pagos);

• Divisas infravaloradas;

• Valoraciones de la renta variable más bajas que en Europa.

Los últimos años han sido difíciles para los inversores en renta variable de mercados emergentes: el frenazo del crecimiento en China, el colapso de los precios de las materias primas, las tensiones comerciales con Estados Unidos, el COVID-19, etc. No obstante, esperamos que los riesgos relacionados con el COVID se reduzcan; ya se ha iniciado la recuperación de los mercados emergentes; los tipos de interés reales de Estados Unidos siguen siendo bajos; China se está recuperando rápidamente y muchas economías emergentes también están aplicando políticas de estímulos. A pesar de unas entradas de fondos históricamente altas en noviembre, parece que la renta variable de mercados emergentes experimentará los flujos de salida anuales más altos de la historia en 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

23

[6] Emerging markets: a trifecta of value

Let’s keep this simple: emerging markets offer investors a trifecta of value right now.

Vastly improved current account deficits (i.e., less risk of balance of payments adjustments)

Undervalued currencies

Lower equity valuations than Europe

The past few years have been difficult for EM investors: China growth slowdown, commodity price collapse, US trade tensions, COVID-19, etc. However, we expect COVID risks to subside, EM recoveries are underway, US real interest rates remain low, China is reflating its economy and many EM economies are running stimulative policies as well. Despite record inflows in November, EM equities are still on track for their largest yearly outflows on record.

TAI

MYS

ME

X

ZAF

KO

R

IND

PH

L

AR

G

RU

S

CH

N

BR

A

CH

L

IDN

CO

L

TUR

QAT

SA

U

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%Current level Worst level from 2014-2016

Source: Country central banks. Q2/Q3 2020.

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

'04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20

Hun

dred

s

Source: Goldman Sachs Economic Research. November 2020.

Overvalued

Undervalued

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

'06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20 '21Source: Datastream, IBES, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Dec 11, 2020.

Emerging Markets: P/E discount vs EuropeMSCI EM P/E discount/premium vs Stoxx 600 based on fwd earnings

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

Jan 2019 Jul 2019 Jan 2020 Jul 2020

ExportsElectricity consumptionIndustrial productionRetail salesNon-state owned enterprise fixed asset investment

China economy monitorIndex, 100 = Jan 2019

EMERGING MARKETS

Balanzas en cuenta corriente de mercados emergentes% del PIB

Fuente: Bancos centrales de los países. Segundo y tercer trimestre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

23

[6] Emerging markets: a trifecta of value

Let’s keep this simple: emerging markets offer investors a trifecta of value right now.

Vastly improved current account deficits (i.e., less risk of balance of payments adjustments)

Undervalued currencies

Lower equity valuations than Europe

The past few years have been difficult for EM investors: China growth slowdown, commodity price collapse, US trade tensions, COVID-19, etc. However, we expect COVID risks to subside, EM recoveries are underway, US real interest rates remain low, China is reflating its economy and many EM economies are running stimulative policies as well. Despite record inflows in November, EM equities are still on track for their largest yearly outflows on record.

TAI

MYS

ME

X

ZAF

KO

R

IND

PH

L

AR

G

RU

S

CH

N

BR

A

CH

L

IDN

CO

L

TUR

QAT

SA

U

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%Current level Worst level from 2014-2016

Source: Country central banks. Q2/Q3 2020.

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

'04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20

Hun

dred

s

Source: Goldman Sachs Economic Research. November 2020.

Overvalued

Undervalued

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

'06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20 '21Source: Datastream, IBES, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Dec 11, 2020.

Emerging Markets: P/E discount vs EuropeMSCI EM P/E discount/premium vs Stoxx 600 based on fwd earnings

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

Jan 2019 Jul 2019 Jan 2020 Jul 2020

ExportsElectricity consumptionIndustrial productionRetail salesNon-state owned enterprise fixed asset investment

China economy monitorIndex, 100 = Jan 2019

EMERGING MARKETS

Descuento en PER de mercados emergentes frente a EuropaDescuento/prima del MSCI EM vs Stoxx 600, basado en expectativas de beneficios

Fuente: Datastream, IBES, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 11 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

24

[6] Emerging markets: a trifecta of value

Let’s keep this simple: emerging markets offer investors a trifecta of value right now.

Improved current account deficits (i.e., less risk of balance of payments adjustments)

Undervalued currencies

Lower equity valuations than Europe

The past few years have been difficult for EM equity investors: China growth slowdown, commodity price collapse, US trade tensions, COVID-19, etc. However, we expect COVID risks to subside, EM recoveries are underway, US real interest rates remain low, China is recovering rapidly and many EM economies are running stimulative policies as well. Despite record inflows in November, EM equities are still on track for their largest yearly outflows on record in 2020.

TAI

MY

S

ME

X

ZAF

KO

R

IND

PH

L

AR

G

RU

S

CH

N

BR

A

CH

L

IDN

CO

L

TUR

QA

T

SA

U

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%Current level Worst level from 2014-2016

Emerging markets current account balances% of GDP

Source: Country central banks. Q2/Q3 2020.

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

'04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20

Hun

dred

s

Source: Goldman Sachs Economic Research. November 2020.

Real trade weighted Emerging Market currency basket%

Overvalued

Undervalued

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

'06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20 '21Source: Datastream, IBES, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Dec 25, 2020.

Emerging Markets: P/E discount vs EuropeMSCI EM P/E discount/premium vs Stoxx 600 based on fwd earnings

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021

MSCI USMSCI ChinaMSCI Emerging MarketsMSCI Europe

Regional equity returns since 2014Total return in US$, Dec 2014 = 100

EMERGING MARKETS

Rentabilidades de la renta variable regional desde 2014Rentabilidad total en dólares estadounidenses, diciembre de 2014=100

Fuente: Bloomberg. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

23

[6] Emerging markets: a trifecta of value

Let’s keep this simple: emerging markets offer investors a trifecta of value right now.

Vastly improved current account deficits (i.e., less risk of balance of payments adjustments)

Undervalued currencies

Lower equity valuations than Europe

The past few years have been difficult for EM investors: China growth slowdown, commodity price collapse, US trade tensions, COVID-19, etc. However, we expect COVID risks to subside, EM recoveries are underway, US real interest rates remain low, China is reflating its economy and many EM economies are running stimulative policies as well. Despite record inflows in November, EM equities are still on track for their largest yearly outflows on record.

TAI

MYS

ME

X

ZAF

KO

R

IND

PH

L

AR

G

RU

S

CH

N

BR

A

CH

L

IDN

CO

L

TUR

QAT

SA

U

-20%

-15%

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%Current level Worst level from 2014-2016

Source: Country central banks. Q2/Q3 2020.

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

'04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20

Hun

dred

s

Source: Goldman Sachs Economic Research. November 2020.

Overvalued

Undervalued

-30%

-20%

-10%

0%

10%

20%

'06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19 '20 '21Source: Datastream, IBES, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Dec 11, 2020.

Emerging Markets: P/E discount vs EuropeMSCI EM P/E discount/premium vs Stoxx 600 based on fwd earnings

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

Jan 2019 Jul 2019 Jan 2020 Jul 2020

ExportsElectricity consumptionIndustrial productionRetail salesNon-state owned enterprise fixed asset investment

China economy monitorIndex, 100 = Jan 2019

EMERGING MARKETS

Valor de divisa real de una cesta de divisas de mercados emergentes

Fuente: Goldman Sachs Economic Research. Noviembre de 2020.

Page 34: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

33

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí ANTIMONOPOLIO

[7] Medidas antimonopolio: afectarán próximamente a una compañía tecnológica cercana a usted

En la página 12, ilustramos lo esencial que resultan las acciones de las denominadas “Big 5” para la capitalización bursátil y las rentabilidades en Estados Unidos. Por este motivo prestamos tanta atención a los indicios de un renacer de las medidas antimonopolio, que a finales de 2017 habían caído a mínimos históricos desde el final de la Segunda Guerra Mundial. Además de la demanda contra Google interpuesta por el Departamento de Justicia, estamos siguiendo de cerca las demandas contra Google de los fiscales generales de los estados de Estados Unidos por motivos distintos a la demanda del Departamento de Justicia; demandas colectivas (class actions) de consumidores basadas en vulneraciones de la privacidad de datos; riesgos de revocación o modificación de la Sección 230 (que les exime de responsabilidad por comentarios publicados o censurados en las redes); y la demanda antimonopolio contra Facebook presentada por la Comisión Federal de Comercio, que pretende forzar a Facebook a cancelar las adquisiciones de WhatsApp e Instagram.

El Informe Judicial del Congreso sobre control de concentraciones (que reflejaba la opinión mayoritaria -demócrata- del Comité) planteó una agenda antimonopolio muy enérgica, pero no está claro qué futuro tendrá dadas las ajustadísimas mayorías de los demócratas en el Congreso y en el Senado.” Aun así, ilustra cómo ha ido cambiando el debate antimonopolio y cuáles son los riesgos a largo plazo para las compañías objetivo de las autoridades de defensa de la competencia. En la página siguiente analizamos los detalles de este informe, y en la siguiente los de la demanda del Departamento de Justicia contra Google. Concluimos con un comentario sobre los impuestos a los servicios digitales que pretenden aplicar terceros países a las compañías tecnológicas estadounidenses.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

24

[7] Antitrust enforcement: coming to a tech company near you

On page 8, we illustrate how critical the Big 5 stocks are with respect to overall US market capitalization and returns. That’s why we’re paying so much attention to signs of a rebirth in antitrust enforcement, which had fallen to a postwar low by the end of 2017. In addition to the DoJ Google lawsuit, we are following: State Attorney General filings against Google for reasons that differ from the DoJ case; consumer rights advocate class action lawsuits for data privacy reasons; risks that Section 230 is revoked or amended (Section 230 provides indemnity against comments posted or censored); and the Facebook antitrust lawsuit filed by the FTC which seeks to unwind its acquisitions of WhatsApp and Instagram.

Since US Senate control is still unclear, it’s premature to judge whether the October 2020 House Judiciary Report on antitrust (which reflected the majority Democratic view on the committee) will gain traction in Congress. Republicans disagree with many of its conclusions and remedies, and if the GOP controls the Senate this report will be nothing but a wish list. Even so, it provides a window into how the antitrust debate has been shifting and what the long-term risks are for large antitrust targets. We dig into the details of this report on the next page, and into the details of the DOJ Google lawsuit on the page after that. We conclude with a discussion of digital service taxes applied by other countries to US tech firms.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

'70 '74 '78 '82 '86 '90 '94 '98 '02 '06 '10 '14 '18

Mergers

Monopoly

Competition

Source: United States Department of Justice. 2019.

Number of Department of Justice antitrust investigations initiated

0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%8%9%

1969 2000 2020Source: Bloomberg, BEA, Fortune 500, J.P. Morgan Global Economic Research, JPMAM. 2020.

10%

Market share overview for US markets

Category Google Apple Facebook Amazon Subtotal Microsoft TotalPhone operating systems 52% 47% 0% 0% 99% 1% 100%Video game streaming 21% 0% 3% 73% 97% 3% 100%Internet search incl. images, maps, YouTube 91% 0% 1% 2% 95% 2% 97%Navigation applications 80% 10% 0% 0% 90% 0% 90%eBooks 0% 20% 0% 70% 90% 0% 90%Web browsers 51% 33% 0% 0% 84% 7% 91%e-Readers 0% 0% 0% 84% 84% 0% 84%Email 29% 46% 0% 0% 75% 10% 85%Internet search 62% 0% 0% 0% 62% 25% 87%Digital advertising 39% 0% 20% 2% 61% 4% 65%e-Commerce 0% 6% 0% 54% 60% 0% 60%Social media 1% 0% 51% 0% 52% 1% 53%Digital storage 4% 0% 0% 47% 51% 10% 61%Social media digital photos 0% 0% 50% 0% 50% 0% 50%Mobile video and music 34% 8% 0% 7% 49% 0% 49%Internet video 29% 0% 11% 8% 48% 7% 55%

ANTITRUST

Número de investigaciones antimonopolio iniciadas por el Departamento de Justicia

Fuente: Departamento de Justicia de Estados Unidos. 2019.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

25

[7] Antitrust enforcement: coming to a tech company near you

On page 9, we illustrate how critical the Big 5 stocks are with respect to overall US market capitalization and returns. That’s why we’re paying so much attention to signs of a rebirth in antitrust enforcement, which had fallen to a postwar low by the end of 2017. In addition to the DoJ Google lawsuit, we are also following: State Attorney General filings against Google for reasons that differ from the DoJ case; consumer rights advocate class action lawsuits for data privacy reasons; risks that Section 230 is revoked or amended (Section 230 provides indemnity against comments posted or censored); and the Facebook antitrust lawsuit filed by the FTC which seeks to force FB to unwind its acquisitions of WhatsApp and Instagram.

Since US Senate control is still unclear, it’s premature to judge whether the October 2020 House Judiciary Report on antitrust (which reflected the majority Democratic view on the committee) will gain traction in Congress. Republicans disagree with many of its conclusions and remedies, and if the GOP controls the Senate this report will be nothing but a wish list. Even so, it provides a window into how the antitrust debate has been shifting and what long-term risks are for antitrust targets. We dig into the details of this report on the next page, and into the details of the DOJ Google lawsuit on the page after that. We conclude with a discussion of digital service taxes applied by other countries to US tech firms.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

'70 '74 '78 '82 '86 '90 '94 '98 '02 '06 '10 '14 '18

Mergers

Monopoly

Competition

Source: United States Department of Justice. 2019.

Number of Department of Justice antitrust investigations initiated

0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%8%9%

10%

1969 2000 2020Source: Bloomberg, BEA, Fortune 500, J.P. Morgan Global Economic Research, JPMAM. 2020.

Industry consolidation is now at prior 1969 peakRevenues of largest 15 companies as % of US GDP

Market share overview for US markets

Category Google Apple Facebook Amazon Subtotal Microsoft TotalPhone operating systems 52% 47% 99% 1% 100%Video game streaming 21% 3% 73% 97% 3% 100%Internet search incl. images, maps, YouTube 91% 1% 2% 95% 2% 97%Navigation applications 80% 10% 90% 90%eBooks 20% 70% 90% 90%Web browsers 51% 33% 84% 7% 91%e-Readers 84% 84% 84%Email 29% 46% 75% 10% 85%Internet search 62% 62% 25% 87%Digital advertising 39% 20% 2% 61% 4% 65%e-Commerce 6% 54% 60% 60%Social media 1% 51% 52% 1% 53%Digital storage 4% 47% 51% 10% 61%Social media digital photos 50% 50% 50%Mobile video and music 34% 8% 7% 49% 49%Internet video 29% 11% 8% 48% 7% 55%

ANTITRUST

Cuota de mercado en mercados estadounidenses

Fuente: Connecticut Public Interest Law Journal, Departamento de Justicia de Estados Unidos, SparkToro. Septiembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

24

[7] Antitrust enforcement: coming to a tech company near you

On page 8, we illustrate how critical the Big 5 stocks are with respect to overall US market capitalization and returns. That’s why we’re paying so much attention to signs of a rebirth in antitrust enforcement, which had fallen to a postwar low by the end of 2017. In addition to the DoJ Google lawsuit, we are following: State Attorney General filings against Google for reasons that differ from the DoJ case; consumer rights advocate class action lawsuits for data privacy reasons; risks that Section 230 is revoked or amended (Section 230 provides indemnity against comments posted or censored); and the Facebook antitrust lawsuit filed by the FTC which seeks to unwind its acquisitions of WhatsApp and Instagram.

Since US Senate control is still unclear, it’s premature to judge whether the October 2020 House Judiciary Report on antitrust (which reflected the majority Democratic view on the committee) will gain traction in Congress. Republicans disagree with many of its conclusions and remedies, and if the GOP controls the Senate this report will be nothing but a wish list. Even so, it provides a window into how the antitrust debate has been shifting and what the long-term risks are for large antitrust targets. We dig into the details of this report on the next page, and into the details of the DOJ Google lawsuit on the page after that. We conclude with a discussion of digital service taxes applied by other countries to US tech firms.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

'70 '74 '78 '82 '86 '90 '94 '98 '02 '06 '10 '14 '18

Mergers

Monopoly

Competition

Source: United States Department of Justice. 2019.

Number of Department of Justice antitrust investigations initiated

0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%8%9%

1969 2000 2020Source: Bloomberg, BEA, Fortune 500, J.P. Morgan Global Economic Research, JPMAM. 2020.

10%

Market share overview for US markets

Category Google Apple Facebook Amazon Subtotal Microsoft TotalPhone operating systems 52% 47% 0% 0% 99% 1% 100%Video game streaming 21% 0% 3% 73% 97% 3% 100%Internet search incl. images, maps, YouTube 91% 0% 1% 2% 95% 2% 97%Navigation applications 80% 10% 0% 0% 90% 0% 90%eBooks 0% 20% 0% 70% 90% 0% 90%Web browsers 51% 33% 0% 0% 84% 7% 91%e-Readers 0% 0% 0% 84% 84% 0% 84%Email 29% 46% 0% 0% 75% 10% 85%Internet search 62% 0% 0% 0% 62% 25% 87%Digital advertising 39% 0% 20% 2% 61% 4% 65%e-Commerce 0% 6% 0% 54% 60% 0% 60%Social media 1% 0% 51% 0% 52% 1% 53%Digital storage 4% 0% 0% 47% 51% 10% 61%Social media digital photos 0% 0% 50% 0% 50% 0% 50%Mobile video and music 34% 8% 0% 7% 49% 0% 49%Internet video 29% 0% 11% 8% 48% 7% 55%

ANTITRUST

La consolidación sectorial ha igualado el anterior máximo de 1969Facturación de 15 mayores compañías como % de PIB de Estados Unidos

Fuente: Bloomberg, Oficina de Análisis Económico, Fortune 500, J.P. Morgan Global Economic Research, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 2020.

Page 35: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

34

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíANTIMONOPOLIO

Informe Judicial del Congreso de octubre de 2020 sobre el comportamiento anticompetitivo de las compañías tecnológicas

En un Informe Judicial del Congreso publicado el 6 de octubre se citó a Facebook, Google, Amazon y Apple por realizar adquisiciones que asfixian a la competencia (se habló de “adquisiciones asesinas” o killer acquisitions7), utilizando su poder de mercado para subir los precios, apropiándose indebidamente de datos de terceros, robando propiedad intelectual y actuando como guardianes del mercado (es decir, controlando y dando servicio al mercado al mismo tiempo). Las conclusiones del informe dejan de lado el estándar del “bienestar del consumidor” que ha guiado la aplicación de normas de defensa de la competencia durante los últimos 40 años. Les citamos algunas conclusiones específicas del informe:

• Facebook: poder monopolístico en las redes sociales por utilizar su inteligencia superior sobre el mercado para identificar el nacimiento de amenazas competitivas, que después adquiere, copia o elimina;

• Google: monopolio de búsquedas de Internet y de publicidad, producto de un comportamiento anticompetitivo, que incluye el perjuicio a la competencia, la apropiación indebida de datos de terceros y el establecimiento de su software por defecto en la mayoría de los dispositivos y navegadores de todo el mundo;

• Amazon: poder de mercado duradero en el sector de venta minorista online en Estados Unidos, por la adquisición de competidores y el abuso de relaciones con terceros vendedores dependientes de Amazon, y por utilizar su control del mercado para averiguar los segmentos donde sus socios obtienen buenos resultados, copiando sus productos para echarlos del mercado;

• Apple: poder de mercado significativo y duradero en el mercado de sistemas operativos para móviles como consecuencia de su control de toda la distribución de software a los dispositivos iOS.

Los demócratas del Congreso están a favor de implementar una amplia serie de políticas para combatir estas prácticas, que se detallan a continuación. El partido republicano no está de acuerdo, y sólo está a favor de un reducido número de propuestas (que resaltamos en rojo). Si los demócratas eliminasen el filibuster, estas propuestas tan sólo requerirían una mayoría de 51 escaños en el Senado para ser aprobadas, aunque no está claro que exista un apoyo generalizado de estas políticas entre los propios demócratas. En cualquier caso, podría aumentar la presión antimonopolio sobre el sector tecnológico, visto el mayor escrutinio al que se verá sometido por el Congreso y por un rejuvenecido Departamento de Justicia.

• Restablecimiento de la competencia: Legislación Glass-Steagall para el sector tecnológico (que busca la ruptura de líneas de negocio), reglas para impedir la discriminación y el trato preferencial a uno mismo, prohibición de fusiones, legislación de puerto seguro para nuevos editores de contenidos, prohibición de abusos del poder de negociación y reglas sobre portabilidad/interoperabilidad de datos.

• Fortalecimiento del derecho antimonopolístico: Reafirmación de los objetivos antimonopolísticos del derecho de defensa de la competencia, fortalecimiento de la Sección 2 de la Ley Clayton (discriminación de precios), fortalecimiento de la Sección 7 de la Ley Clayton (adquisiciones que fomentan los monopolios), restablecimiento del poder de las Agencias antimonopolio, aumento de las herramientas privadas para lograr hacer cumplir las normas antimonopolio.

7 La frase “adquisiciones asesinas” fue acuñada por Cunningham (LSE) y Ederer (Yale SOM) en un artículo publicado en 2018. Utilizaron la industria farmacéutica para ilustrar cómo las firmas dominantes de un mercado a veces adquieren compañías innovadoras únicamente para poner fin a los proyectos innovadores de la adquirida y protegerse frente a competencia futura.

Page 36: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

35

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí ANTIMONOPOLIO

Temas clave del caso Estados Unidos vs. Google8:

• El caso abierto por el Departamento de Justicia no se centra en el buscador de Google ni en su dominio del sector de la facturación por publicidad, en contraste con el lugar central que tienen estos temas en las investigaciones antimonopolio europeas. Por el contrario, se centra en los acuerdos de exclusividad de Google con sus distribuidores. Google paga miles de millones de dólares cada año a fabricantes de dispositivos (Apple, Motorola, LG, Samsung), proveedores de servicios inalámbricos (AT&T, T-Mobile, Verizon) y desarrolladores de navegadores (Mozilla, Opera, UC Web) para lograr que su buscador se instale por defecto. En el caso de Apple, el Departamento de Justicia afirma que entre el 15% y el 20% de los ingresos anuales de Apple a nivel mundial se derivan de los pagos de Google para que su buscador aparezca por defecto. En algunos casos, Google prohíbe a sus contrapartes siquiera tratar con sus competidores, y exige que se coloque Google Apps en posiciones principales en los dispositivos.

• Un concepto clave de un discurso del fiscal general adjunto Delrahim de 2019 fue que “incluso si una compañía logra una posición de monopolio a través de medios legítimos, no puede realizar acciones que no sirven para avanzar en la consecución de objetivos empresariales plausibles, sino que están diseñadas para hacer más difícil que sus competidores le alcancen”.

• Google ha respondido a estos argumentos comparando sus pagos a distribuidores a los fabricantes de cereales de desayuno que pagan a los supermercados para que coloquen sus productos en las estanterías que están a la altura de los ojos de los compradores. Sin embargo, el consumo de cereales no retroalimenta una posición de dominio del mercado. Google utiliza algoritmos complejos que aprenden qué resultados y anuncios se corresponden mejor con las búsquedas de los usuarios y, cuanto más se utilizan, mejor funcionan.

• Algunas de las alegaciones del Departamento de Justicia guardan cierta similitud con los argumentos antimonopolio empleados contra Microsoft hace 20 años, como las restricciones que Microsoft imponía a los fabricantes de equipos para asegurarse la instalación de Internet Explorer y para suprimir sistemas operativos alternativos. En la actualidad, algunos analistas antimonopolio creen que Google y Apple imponen restricciones a los fabricantes de dispositivos y desarrolladores de aplicaciones que no tienen nada que ver con las limitaciones técnicas o la seguridad de los consumidores, sino que han sido diseñadas para preservar su dominio del mercado.

8 Las fuentes incluyen la Facultad de Derecho de la Universidad de Connecticut (“A topology of multi-sided digital platforms”, junio de 2020), la Facultad de Derecho Carey de la Universidad de Pensilvania (“Antitrust and Platform Monopoly”, septiembre de 2020) y Stratechery.com (21 de octubre de 2020).

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

25

October 2020 House Judiciary Report on anti-competitive tech behavior

Facebook, Google, Amazon and Apple were cited in a House Judiciary Report released on October 6th for making acquisitions that stifle competition (“killer acquisitions”12), using market power to raise prices, misappropriating third-party data, stealing intellectual property and acting as market gatekeepers (i.e., controlling and serving a marketplace at the same time). The report’s conclusions discard the “consumer welfare” standard that has guided antitrust enforcement over the past 40 years. Some firm-specific conclusions in the report:

Facebook: social networking monopoly power that results from Facebook using superior market intelligenceto identify nascent competitive threats and then acquire, copy, or kill them

Google: online search and search advertising monopoly that is the product of anticompetitive behaviorwhich includes undermining competition, misappropriating third-party data, and establishing their softwareas the default on most of the world’s devices and browsers

Amazon: durable market power in US online retail which results from acquiring competitors and abusingrelationships with third party sellers beholden to Amazon, and from using control over the marketplace tofind where its third party partners are doing well and copying their products to drive them out of business

Apple: significant and durable market power in mobile operating system market resulting from its controlof all software distribution to iOS devices

House Democrats favor a wide range of policies to combat these practices, listed below. The GOP does not agree with most of these remedies, and only favors a small number of them (highlighted in red). If Democrats win both GA Senate seats and jettison the filibuster, these proposals would face a lower 51-seat hurdle in to pass. Even if these proposals aren’t enacted, antitrust heat on tech may increase given greater Congressional scrutiny and a rejuvenated Department of Justice that is less at odds with its Attorney General, and which is no longer being asked to defend a sitting President on personal conduct charges unrelated to the Presidency.

Restoring competition: Glass-Steagall legislation for the tech sector (break up lines of business), rules toprevent discrimination and self-preferencing, merger prohibition (see below for history), safe harbor fornew publishers, prohibition on abuse of bargaining power and rules on data portability/interoperability

Strengthening antitrust law: Reassert anti-monopoly goals of antitrust law, strengthen Section 2 of theClayton Act (price discrimination), strengthen Section 7 of the Clayton Act (acquisitions that fostermonopolies), restore enforcement Agencies to full strength, increase private enforcement

12 The phrase “Killer Acquisitions” was coined by Cunningham (LSE) and Ederer (Yale SOM) in a paper published in 2018. They used the pharmaceutical industry to illustrate how incumbent firms sometimes acquire innovative targets solely to discontinue the target's innovation projects and preempt future competition.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

'00 '01 '02 '03 '04 '05 '06 '07 '08 '09 '10 '11 '12 '13 '14 '15 '16 '17 '18 '19

Google Apple Facebook Amazon

Number of acquisitions by year

Source: “A topology of multi-sided digital platforms”, University of Connecticut Law School. June 2020.

ANTITRUST

Número de adquisiciones por año

Fuente: “A topology of multi-sided digital platforms”, Facultad de Derecho de la Universidad de Connecticut. Junio de 2020.

Page 37: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

36

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíANTIMONOPOLIO

• Existe un factor que complica la situación: el sector de Internet está dominado por duopolios, no por monopolios convencionales. Por ejemplo, Google y Facebook dominan la publicidad digital, Microsoft y Amazon dominan la nube, Amazon y Google dominan las búsquedas para compras y Microsoft y Google dominan las aplicaciones de productividad. Esto permite a las compañías implicadas articular convincentes defensas contra las acusaciones de prácticas monopolísticas. En la tabla que incluimos al final de la página 33 se observan muchos de estos duopolios.

• No se sabe qué dictaminará el juez al que se le asigne el caso, pero la demanda del Departamento de Justicia aumenta los riesgos para las acciones de las cuatro grandes compañías tecnológicas y de redes sociales denominadas Big 4, que representan una cuota cada vez mayor de las rentabilidades del mercado.

Riesgos adicionales: Los impuestos de servicios digitales dirigidos contra los gigantes tecnológicos estadounidenses adquieren impulso

El sector tecnológico estadounidense se enfrenta al riesgo de que se creen impuestos de servicios digitales (ISDs) sobre la facturación que obtienen de los anunciantes europeos. Cansados de esperar a las propuestas fiscales del llamado “Primer Pilar” de la OCDE, el Reino Unido, Francia, España, Italia y Austria han aprobado sus propios ISDs. Se basan en un concepto denominado “valor creado por el usuario”: como los usuarios de servicios como Facebook contribuyen al valor de la marca proporcionando a la compañía información que le permite obtener ingresos publicitarios, los usuarios están llevando a cabo lo que se llama “funciones de proveedor” que normalmente realizaría la propia empresa. Por ello, la jurisdicción en la que residen los usuarios podrá gravar este valor a medida que se crea, utilizando como aproximación los ingresos publicitarios generados localmente. A la UE le preocupa, por ejemplo, que en 2017 Facebook pagara en Francia menos del 2% de los impuestos pagados en Irlanda, un país de baja fiscalidad y la sede europea de Facebook, a pesar de que Facebook tiene 10 veces más usuarios franceses que irlandeses. Los ISDs serían devengados por la compañía además de cualesquiera impuestos sobre la renta o sobre el consumo que ya estén pagando en Europa.

Un informe del FMI de 2019 consideró problemática la armadura teórica de los ISDs, y el Petersen Institute ha descrito a los ISDs como aranceles de facto que discriminan contra las empresas estadounidenses. Los gobiernos europeos han redactado sus respectivas leyes utilizando un lenguaje que evita admitir que se grava el consumo de exportaciones de servicios estadounidenses; pero en la práctica constituyen aranceles que podrían vulnerar los tratados fiscales bilaterales entre los países. El ministro de Finanzas francés ha afirmado que su ISD no “distingue especialmente a las compañías estadounidenses”, pero…

• Los altos umbrales de facturación que utiliza Francia a la hora de aplicar sus impuestos sobre la publicidad digital y los ingresos a los que son de aplicación hacen que los gigantes tecnológicos estadounidenses (GOOGL, FB, AMZN, EBAY, UBER, ABNB) sean prácticamente las únicas entidades sujetas a los mismos: Francia excluye las cuotas de suscripción y las compras in-app, que podrían haber afectado a compañías europeas. Los franceses afirman que el ISD ha sido explícitamente diseñado para evitar frenar la innovación en el comercio electrónico y la digitalización de las empresas francesas.

• El ISD francés se aplica a la facturación bruta, no al beneficio neto, lo que tiene como consecuencia una doble (o triple) imposición que contraviene la arquitectura del sistema fiscal internacional entre países desarrollados. Algunas propuestas de ISD permiten la deducción del IVA, otro golpe contra las compañías estadounidenses, que no están sujetas a este impuesto en su propia jurisdicción.

En 2019, Estados Unidos contestó con una propuesta para gravar la comercialización de activos intangibles (que también afectaría a las compañías de la UE). La OCDE intentó fusionar las propuestas estadounidenses y europeas, pero la pandemia provocó el colapso de las negociaciones. A principios de 2020, el gobierno de Trump amenazó con imponer aranceles sobre los bienes de lujo franceses si no se retiraba el ISD; Trump y Macron acabaron acordando un alto al fuego y posponiendo la imposición de aranceles y el cobro de cualquier ISD, para dar más tiempo a las negociaciones multilaterales, aunque, ante la actual situación de estancamiento de las negociaciones en el seno de la OCDE, Francia ha exigido recientemente el pago de los impuestos correspondientes a 2020 a las compañías digitales estadounidenses.

Page 38: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

37

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí ANTIMONOPOLIO

Otros países europeos, incluyendo Bélgica, República Checa y Hungría anunciaron planes para imponer impuestos digitales, y se ha programado para marzo de 2021 una cumbre de alto nivel con la finalidad debatir la creación de un impuesto digital para toda la UE. Se espera que Estados Unidos responda contra los impuestos digitales franceses imponiendo aranceles sobre los productos franceses; no está nada claro cómo se resolverá esta cuestión entre Estados Unidos, la UE, la OCDE y la OMC.

Estados Unidos se enfrenta a fuertes presiones para ceder en sus posiciones y aceptar los impuestos digitales, dado el impulso que les ha dado la UE y los impuestos digitales que han adoptado unilateralmente países fuera de Europa, incluidos India, Indonesia, México, Turquía y Pakistán, y el anuncio reciente de Canadá de que va a aplicar un impuesto digital a partir del año 2022. A medida que los distintos países adopten sus propios ISDs, sus consecuencias serán significativas, en vista de los bajos tipos fiscales actualmente aplicables al sector tecnológico estadounidense, su alto grado de facturación en el extranjero y la posibilidad de un mayor conflicto en el sector derivado de una posible guerra comercial, si Estados Unidos respondiera con aranceles.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

27

Additional risks: Digital Service Taxes targeting US tech giants gaining momentum

The US tech sector is facing digital service taxes (DST) on revenues paid to them by European advertisers. Tired of waiting for the OECD’s “Pillar I” tax proposals to be sorted out, the UK, France, Spain, Italy and Austria have enacted DSTs of their own. The logic is based on a concept called “user-created value”: since users of services like Facebook contribute to brand value by providing information to the company which enables it to earn ad revenues, users are undertaking so-called “supply-side functions” that would normally be undertaken by the business itself. Ergo, the jurisdiction in which users reside may tax this value as it is created, using locally generated ad revenues as a proxy. What concerns the EU: Facebook’s tax bill for 2017 in France was less than 2% of that charged by low-tax Ireland (FB’s European HQ), despite the firm having 10 times more French users than Irish ones. DSTs would be paid by the technology company in addition to whatever income or consumption taxes the company is already paying in Europe.

A 2019 IMF paper described the theoretical underpinning of DSTs as problematic, and the Petersen Institute described DSTs as de facto tariffs discriminating against US firms. European governments have drafted language that avoids conceding that they are taxing consumption of US services exports, which are de facto tariffs that may violate existing bilateral tax treaties. The French Finance Minister said that its DST does not “single out US companies”, but…

Given high worldwide revenue thresholds France uses in applying digital advertising taxes and revenues that theyapply to, US tech giants (GOOGL, FB, AMZN, EBAY, UBER, ABNB) are practically the only entities subject tothem: Subscription fees and in-app purchases are excluded by France, which could have affected European firms.French officials stated that the DST was explicitly designed so as to avoid slowing down e-commerce innovationand the digitization of France’s own businesses

The French DST is applied to gross revenues rather than net income, resulting in double (or triple) taxation whichcontravenes the architecture of the international tax system in the developed world. Some DST proposals allowfor VAT taxes to be deducted, another swipe at US firms that are not subject to them in their own jurisdiction

In 2019, the US countered with a proposal to tax marketing of intangibles (one that would also tax EU firms). The OECD tried to merge US and EU proposals, and then negotiations fell apart with COVID. In early 2020, the Trump administration threatened tariffs on French luxury goods if DSTs were not withdrawn; eventually Trump and Macron agreed to a truce and postponed tariffs and DST collections to the end of 2020 to allow more time for multilateral talks, though with the OECD talks currently stalled France recently demanded payment of 2020 taxes from US digital firms. Other European countries including Belgium, the Czech Republic and Hungary announced plans to impose digital taxes, and a high-level summit on an EU-wide digital tax is currently scheduled for March 2021. The US is expected to retaliate against French digital taxes by imposing tariffs on French goods; how the US, the EU, the OECD and the WTO will resolve this is unclear.

The US faces pressure to back down and agree to digital taxation given EU momentum and the digital taxes adopted unilaterally by several non-European countries including India, Indonesia, Mexico, Turkey, and Pakistan, and the recent announcement that Canada will impose a digital tax starting in 2022. As countries adopt their own DSTs, the outcomes are important given the low effective tax rate of the US tech sector, its high degree of foreign sourced revenue, and the potential for greater disruption from trade wars if and when the US retaliates with tariffs.

The Tech sector: globally exposed and less heavily taxed

Tech 18% Tech 23% Industrials 18% Consumer staples 24%Consumer staples 15% Industrials 24% Banks 15% Cyclical consumer goods 25%Total 14% Resources 31% Non-cyclical services 13% Non-cyclical services 31%Other 13% Cyclical services 31% Cyclical services 10%Cyclical consumer goods 6%

Revenue from Dev World ex-US (% total) Effective corporate tax rate

ANTITRUST

El sector tecnológico: exposición global y menos impuestos

Fuente: Bridgewater. Noviembre de 2020.

Page 39: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

38

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíFALLEN AN GEL S

[8] “Fallen angels” e instrumentos híbridos en las carteras diversificadas

En vista de la probabilidad de que los tipos de interés sigan siendo bajos durante el resto de nuestras vidas, muchos inversores intentarán exprimir toda la rentabilidad que puedan de sus carteras. El equipo de estrategia global a largo plazo de JP Morgan ha publicado recientemente dos artículos9 sobre el tema: la importancia de los denominados “fallen angels” en las carteras high yield, y la capacidad de los “instrumentos híbridos” para aumentar la rentabilidad de las carteras.

El término fallen angels se refiere a bonos corporativos investment grade que han pasado a ser bonos high yield. Este fenómeno suele verse en las recesiones, y también durante periodos de estrés en sectores específicos (la energía en el periodo 2015-2016). Aunque la inversión en fallen angels podría parecer tan peligrosa como coger un cuchillo al vuelo, la experiencia de los últimos 15 años muestra una historia diferente. Como se observa en el gráfico de la derecha, los fallen angels han sido volátiles, pero han ofrecido rentabilidades atractivas en comparación con los bonos libres de riesgo (punto 1). De hecho, sin la aportación de bonos fallen angel, una cartera high yield con calificación BB prácticamente no habría generado ningún exceso de rentabilidad (punto 2). La combinación entre ambas es lo que ha hecho que merezca la pena mantener carteras de high yield con calificación BB (punto 3), que es donde acaban la mayoría de los fallen angels, al menos temporalmente. En 2020, el peso de los fallen angels en la categoría de high yield con calificación BB aumento del 18% al 30%.

9 “Fallen Angel and Buybacks: Strategy Update 2020”, Jan Loeys y Shiny Kundu, J.P. Morgan Long Term Strategy. 28 de septiembre de 2020; “The international 60/40 problem and US hybrids”, Jan Loeys y Shiny Kundu, J.P. Morgan Long Term Strategy. 29 de septiembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

28

[8] Fallen angels and hybrid investments in diversified portfolios

Given the likelihood of low policy rates for another few years, many investors will seek to wring every bit of yield they can from portfolios. JP Morgan’s Global Long Term Strategy Team recently published two pieces14 on the subject: the importance of “fallen angels” in high yield portfolios, and the ability of “hybrid investments” to add portfolio returns as well.

Fallen angels refer to investment grade corporate bonds that are downgraded to high yield. This tends to happen in recessions and also during periods of stress in specific sectors (2015-2016, energy). While investing in fallen angels might appear to be like catching a falling knife, the last 15 years tell a different story. As shown on the right, fallen angels have been volatile but have delivered attractive returns over risk-free bonds (dot 1). In fact, without the contribution of fallen angel bonds, a BB-rated high yield portfolio would barely have generated excess returns at all (dot 2). The combination of the two is what has made BB high yield portfolios worth owning (dot 3), since that’s where most fallen angels end up, at least temporarily. In 2020, the weight of fallen angels in the high yield BB rating category increased from 18% to 30%.

14 “Fallen Angel and Buybacks: Strategy Update 2020”, Jan Loeys and Shiny Kundu, J.P. Morgan Long Term Strategy. September 28, 2020; “The international 60/40 problem and US hybrids”, Jan Loeys and Shiny Kundu, J.P. Morgan Long Term Strategy. September 29, 2020.

$0

$50

$100

$150

$200

$250

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

International Fallen AngelsUS Fallen Angels

Global fallen angel volume US$, billions

AA A

BBB

Non-fallen angel BBs

BB

B

Fallen angels

CCC

2

3

1

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

0% 5% 10% 15% 20%% volatility of excess return

Return and volatility of US corporate credit by rating% excess annualized return over UST, 2/2004-8/2020

Source: J.P. Morgan Global Long-Term Strategy. August 2020.

Automotive

Energy

Food and Beverages

Industrials

Retail

All others

39%

25%

12%

12%

5% 5%

FALLEN ANGELS

Volumen global de fallen angelsMiles de millones de dólares estadounidenses

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Credit Research. Datos de 2020 hasta noviembre.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

28

[8] Fallen angels and hybrid investments in diversified portfolios

Given the likelihood of low policy rates for another few years, many investors will seek to wring every bit of yield they can from portfolios. JP Morgan’s Global Long Term Strategy Team recently published two pieces14 on the subject: the importance of “fallen angels” in high yield portfolios, and the ability of “hybrid investments” to add portfolio returns as well.

Fallen angels refer to investment grade corporate bonds that are downgraded to high yield. This tends to happen in recessions and also during periods of stress in specific sectors (2015-2016, energy). While investing in fallen angels might appear to be like catching a falling knife, the last 15 years tell a different story. As shown on the right, fallen angels have been volatile but have delivered attractive returns over risk-free bonds (dot 1). In fact, without the contribution of fallen angel bonds, a BB-rated high yield portfolio would barely have generated excess returns at all (dot 2). The combination of the two is what has made BB high yield portfolios worth owning (dot 3), since that’s where most fallen angels end up, at least temporarily. In 2020, the weight of fallen angels in the high yield BB rating category increased from 18% to 30%.

14 “Fallen Angel and Buybacks: Strategy Update 2020”, Jan Loeys and Shiny Kundu, J.P. Morgan Long Term Strategy. September 28, 2020; “The international 60/40 problem and US hybrids”, Jan Loeys and Shiny Kundu, J.P. Morgan Long Term Strategy. September 29, 2020.

$0

$50

$100

$150

$200

$250

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

International Fallen AngelsUS Fallen Angels

Global fallen angel volume US$, billions

AA A

BBB

Non-fallen angel BBs

BB

B

Fallen angels

CCC

2

3

1

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

0% 5% 10% 15% 20%% volatility of excess return

Return and volatility of US corporate credit by rating% excess annualized return over UST, 2/2004-8/2020

Source: J.P. Morgan Global Long-Term Strategy. August 2020.

Automotive

Energy

Food and Beverages

Industrials

Retail

All others

39%

25%

12%

12%

5% 5%

FALLEN ANGELS

Desglose por sector de fallen angels en 2020

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Credit Research.. Noviembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

28

[8] Fallen angels and hybrid investments in diversified portfolios

Given the likelihood of low policy rates for another few years, many investors will seek to wring every bit of yield they can from portfolios. JP Morgan’s Global Long Term Strategy Team recently published two pieces14 on the subject: the importance of “fallen angels” in high yield portfolios, and the ability of “hybrid investments” to add portfolio returns as well.

Fallen angels refer to investment grade corporate bonds that are downgraded to high yield. This tends to happen in recessions and also during periods of stress in specific sectors (2015-2016, energy). While investing in fallen angels might appear to be like catching a falling knife, the last 15 years tell a different story. As shown on the right, fallen angels have been volatile but have delivered attractive returns over risk-free bonds (dot 1). In fact, without the contribution of fallen angel bonds, a BB-rated high yield portfolio would barely have generated excess returns at all (dot 2). The combination of the two is what has made BB high yield portfolios worth owning (dot 3), since that’s where most fallen angels end up, at least temporarily. In 2020, the weight of fallen angels in the high yield BB rating category increased from 18% to 30%.

14 “Fallen Angel and Buybacks: Strategy Update 2020”, Jan Loeys and Shiny Kundu, J.P. Morgan Long Term Strategy. September 28, 2020; “The international 60/40 problem and US hybrids”, Jan Loeys and Shiny Kundu, J.P. Morgan Long Term Strategy. September 29, 2020.

$0

$50

$100

$150

$200

$250

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

International Fallen AngelsUS Fallen Angels

Global fallen angel volume US$, billions

AA A

BBB

Non-fallen angel BBs

BB

B

Fallen angels

CCC

2

3

1

0%

1%

2%

3%

4%

5%

6%

0% 5% 10% 15% 20%% volatility of excess return

Return and volatility of US corporate credit by rating% excess annualized return over UST, 2/2004-8/2020

Source: J.P. Morgan Global Long-Term Strategy. August 2020.

Automotive

Energy

Food and Beverages

Industrials

Retail

All others

39%

25%

12%

12%

5% 5%

FALLEN ANGELS

Rentabilidad y volatilidad de bonos corporativos estadounidenses por calificación crediticia% de exceso de rentabilidad anualizada sobre bonos del Tesoro estadounidense, 2/2004-8/2020

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Global Long-Term Strategy. Agosto de 2020.

% volatilidad del exceso de rentabilidad

Page 40: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

39

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí HÍBRIDOS

Ahora que las valoraciones de la renta fija y la renta variable se acercan a máximos históricos, ¿hay algo que puedan hacer los inversores para generar rentabilidades en sus carteras sin asumir tanto riesgo? El equipo de estrategia a largo plazo de J.P. Morgan también ha analizado esta cuestión, centrándose en los beneficios potenciales de los instrumentos híbridos, que pueden incluir bonos y préstamos high yield, obligaciones de préstamos garantizados (CLOs), valores titulizados garantizados mediante hipotecas sobre inmobiliario comercial (CMBS), bonos convertibles, REITs de renta variable e hipotecarios, acciones preferentes y acciones de suministros públicos. Su característica común es su potencial para generar rentabilidades similares a las de la renta variable con menor riesgo a largo plazo.

De las clases de activos híbridos mencionados anteriormente, el análisis de J.P. Morgan se centró en sólo cuatro de ellos: bonos high yield, REITs de renta variable, acciones de suministros públicos y bonos convertibles (principalmente por la disponibilidad de datos históricos). Se considera que este subconjunto es representativo del universo más amplio de los activos híbridos, dada la similitud de sus perfiles de rentabilidad y volatilidad. Hemos sintetizado su análisis en el gráfico, que compara las expectativas a futuro de carteras 60-40 y de carteras “híbridas” (40% activos híbridos, 40% acciones, 20% bonos). El análisis proyecta un ligero aumento de rentabilidad a cambio de un ligero aumento de riesgo.

El análisis de J.P. Morgan pretende proporcionar información para los inversores a largo plazo, por lo que comprende medidas de riesgo anualizadas a lo largo de tres décadas. Eso suena muy bien en teoría, pero está claro que medir la volatilidad a lo largo de un período de 30 años puede suavizar baches muy sonados. Recordemos que, en 2009, muchos instrumentos híbridos experimentaron niveles de volatilidad no muy distintos a los de la renta variable. La tabla siguiente muestra el comportamiento de las nueve clases de híbridos durante la Gran Crisis Financiera y durante la crisis del COVID. Cuando la mirada del inversor pasa de observar la rentabilidad diaria a medir la mensual o trimestral, las caídas se reducen. Aun así, teniendo en cuenta su comportamiento durante las crisis de los mercados, los inversores a largo plazo deberán comprometerse realmente con el concepto de “largo plazo” para cosechar los beneficios de los instrumentos híbridos en las carteras diversificadas.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI C HA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

29

With bond and equity valuations near all-time highs, is there anything investors can do to generate portfolio returns on the margin without taking as much portfolio risk? JP Morgan’s Global Long Term Strategy Team also looked at this issue and focused on potential benefits from “hybrid” investments, which can include high yield bonds and loans, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs), commercial mortgage backed securities (CMBS), convertible bonds, equity REITs and mortgage REITs, preferred stock and utility stocks. The common feature: potential to generate equity-like returns with lower long-term end of period risk to your wealth.

Of the hybrid asset classes listed above, the JP Morgan analysis focused on just four: high yield bonds, equity REITs, utility stocks and convertible bonds (mostly due to historical data availability). They consider this subset representative of the broader universe of hybrids given similar return and volatility profiles. We synthesized their analysis in the chart below, which compares forward-looking expectations on 60-40 portfolios and “hybrid” portfolios (40% hybrid, 40% stocks, 20% bonds). The analysis projects a modest pickup in return in exchange for a modest pickup in risk.

The JP Morgan analysis is meant to inform long term investors, so it computes risk measures over the prior three decades. That’s fine, but measuring volatility over a 30 year period can smooth over some very rough patches. In 2009, many hybrid investments experienced levels of volatility that were not that different from equities. The table shows how all 9 classes of hybrids performed during the Great Financial Crisis and during the COVID crisis. As you can see, as an investor’s lens shifts from daily to monthly to quarterly performance, the drawdowns get a bit smaller. Even so, long term investors need to truly commit to the phrase “long term” to reap the benefits of hybrid investments in diversified portfolios.

JPUK

EUUS

JP

UK

EU

US

2.2%

2.4%

2.6%

2.8%

3.0%

3.2%

3.4%

5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 10%

20% local bonds / 40% US hybrids / 40% global equities60% global equities / 40% local bonds

Traditional 60/40 portfolio vs portfolio with hybridsForward looking annualized return over 10 years, %

Source: J.P. Morgan Global Long-Term Strategy. Sept 2020. Volatility data for Europe begins in 1995.

%, 10-year annualized volatility of compound returns,1987-2019

Daily Monthly Quarterly Daily Monthly QuarterlyHigh yield bonds 6.8% -35% -32% -25% -21% -13% -13%High yield loans 4.5% -31% -28% -28% -21% -14% -13%CLOs 3.9%* N/A N/A N/A -15% -9% -8%CMBS 4.3% -41% -33% -21% -12% -5% -2%Convertible bonds 9.4% -44% -39% -33% -27% -16% -14%Equity REITs 11.0% -68% -62% -58% -42% -24% -23%Mortgage REITs 4.5% -72% -67% -51% -71% -61% -59%Preferred stock 6.5% -64% -54% -42% -33% -16% -15%Utility stocks 12.3% -50% -41% -39% -37% -20% -15%Average 7.0% -51% -45% -37% -31% -20% -18%

2008-2009 recession max drawdown

2020 recession max drawdown

2011-2019 Annualized

ReturnHybrids

HYBRIDS

Cartera 60/40 tradicional frente a cartera con híbridosRentabilidad anualizada basad en expectativas a 10 años, %

Fuente: J.P. Morgan Global Long-Term Strategy. Septiembre de 2020. Los datos de volatilidad de Europa comienzan en 1995.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

29

With bond and equity valuations near all-time highs, is there anything investors can do to generate portfolio returns on the margin without taking as much portfolio risk? JP Morgan’s Global Long Term Strategy Team also looked at this issue and focused on potential benefits from “hybrid” investments, which can include high yield bonds and loans, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs), commercial mortgage backed securities (CMBS), convertible bonds, equity REITs and mortgage REITs, preferred stock and utility stocks. The common feature: potential to generate equity-like returns with lower long-term end of period risk to your wealth.

Of the hybrid asset classes listed above, the JP Morgan analysis focused on just four: high yield bonds, equity REITs, utility stocks and convertible bonds (mostly due to historical data availability). They consider this subset representative of the broader universe of hybrids given similar return and volatility profiles. We synthesized their analysis in the chart below, which compares forward-looking expectations on 60-40 portfolios and “hybrid” portfolios (40% hybrid, 40% stocks, 20% bonds). The analysis projects a modest pickup in return in exchange for a modest pickup in risk.

The JP Morgan analysis is meant to inform long term investors, so it computes risk measures over the prior three decades. That’s fine, but measuring volatility over a 30 year period can smooth over some very rough patches. In 2009, many hybrid investments experienced levels of volatility that were not that different from equities. The table shows how all 9 classes of hybrids performed during the Great Financial Crisis and during the COVID crisis. As you can see, as an investor’s lens shifts from daily to monthly to quarterly performance, the drawdowns get a bit smaller. Even so, long term investors need to truly commit to the phrase “long term” to reap the benefits of hybrid investments in diversified portfolios.

JPUK

EUUS

JP

UK

EU

US

2.2%

2.4%

2.6%

2.8%

3.0%

3.2%

3.4%

5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 10%

20% local bonds / 40% US hybrids / 40% global equities60% global equities / 40% local bonds

Traditional 60/40 portfolio vs portfolio with hybridsForward looking annualized return over 10 years, %

Source: J.P. Morgan Global Long-Term Strategy. Sept 2020. Volatility data for Europe begins in 1995.

%, 10-year annualized volatility of compound returns,1987-2019

Daily Monthly Quarterly Daily Monthly QuarterlyHigh yield bonds 6.8% -35% -32% -25% -21% -13% -13%High yield loans 4.5% -31% -28% -28% -21% -14% -13%CLOs 3.9%* N/A N/A N/A -15% -9% -8%CMBS 4.3% -41% -33% -21% -12% -5% -2%Convertible bonds 9.4% -44% -39% -33% -27% -16% -14%Equity REITs 11.0% -68% -62% -58% -42% -24% -23%Mortgage REITs 4.5% -72% -67% -51% -71% -61% -59%Preferred stock 6.5% -64% -54% -42% -33% -16% -15%Utility stocks 12.3% -50% -41% -39% -37% -20% -15%Average 7.0% -51% -45% -37% -31% -20% -18%

2008-2009 recession max drawdown

2020 recession max drawdown

2011-2019 Annualized

ReturnHybrids

HYBRIDS

Fuente: Bloomberg. 17 de diciembre de 2020. *La rentabilidad anualizada de las CLOs corresponde al periodo 2012-2019.

Page 41: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

40

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíORO

[9] Subida del oro: por ahora, modesta

El oro ha subido cerca de un 80% desde el mínimo alcanzado después de la crisis financiera. El siguiente gráfico muestra la última subida del oro y las tres anteriores: • Los años 30, cuando Japón, Alemania, el Reino Unido, Estados Unidos y Francia en sucesión abandonaron el patrón

oro para combatir la deflación; • Los años 70, después de que Nixon sacara a Estados Unidos del patrón oro y comenzase el sistema de moneda fiat; • Los años 2000, cuando la Reserva Federal comenzó a usar por primera vez en su historia los tipos de interés reales

negativos como herramienta política fuera de tiempos de guerra. En otras palabras, cuando el oro sube, tiene el potencial de subir mucho.

El desafío para los inversores es que pueden pasar muchos años entre cada subida del oro. El siguiente gráfico muestra el comportamiento del oro frente a una cartera diversificada de activos financieros desde los años 20 del siglo pasado. Antes de la Segunda Guerra Mundial, el oro obtuvo resultados peores, pero esto se debió al establecimiento de precios fijos, y no es comparable con el momento actual. Durante los años 70 el oro obtuvo resultados mejores, pero a continuación hubo que esperar 22 años antes de volver a obtener beneficios netos en las carteras. Entre el 2002 y el 2012, el oro volvió a superar a la cartera diversificada, pero a continuación comenzó un nuevo período de resultados inferiores del oro que, incluso tras la actual subida, aún no ha llegado a revertirse.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

31

[9] Gold rally: modest so far

Gold is up ~80% from its post-financial crisis low. The next chart shows the latest gold spike and 3 prior ones: the 1930s, when Japan, Germany, the UK, the US and France in succession abandoned gold standards to

combat deflation the 1970s, after Nixon took the US off the gold standard and the Fiat Money system began the 2000s, when the Federal Reserve for the first time in its history began using negative real interest rates

as a policy tool outside of wartime

The challenge for investors: many years can elapse between gold rallies. The next chart shows the performance of gold vs a diversified portfolio of financial assets since the 1920s. Gold underperformed before WWII, but this is an artifact of fixed gold prices not comparable to today. Gold outperformed during the 1970s, but then gold bugs had to wait 22 years before reaping net portfolio benefits again. Gold outperformed from 2002 to 2012, and then another period of gold underperformance set in which is even now only on the cusp of reversing.

As illustrated in the Executive Summary, COVID stimulus eclipses all prior crises. Furthermore, money supply has surged relative to gold production, something which preceded prior gold rallies. Neither US political party appears interested in deficit reduction, and proponents of Modern Monetary Theory fuel that lack of concern further. Maybe that’s why major Central Banks became net buyers of gold again over the last 2 years after being net sellers15. So, I sympathize if you believe that gold’s outperformance is just the beginning. But be prepared: the wrong timing on a gold call can take a generation or more to reverse.

15 In Q3 of 2020, central banks became net sellers as some financially-stretched countries like Turkey raised funds to deal with the COVID pandemic. We expect this to be a temporary lull and for central banks to resume buying gold in 2021.

Fiat money era begins$10

$100

$1,000

$10,000

1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000 2020Source: Bloomberg, J.P. Morgan Cross Asset Strategy. December 29, 2020.

Great Depression:68%

Stagflation:2,333%

Fed embraces negative real rates

after tech collapse & financial crisis:

644%

Perpetualdeficits & COVID

response:79%

-200%

-100%

0%

100%

200%

300%

400%

1932 1942 1952 1962 1972 1982 1992 2002 2012

The infrequent outperformance of gold5 year rolling out (under) performance of gold vs balanced portfolio (65% stocks, 25% bonds, 10% T-Bills)

Source: A. Damodaran (NYU), Bloomberg, FRED. December 29, 2020.

GOLD

Cuando el precio del oro sube, suele subir muchoDólares estadounidenses por onza troy, escala logarítmica

Fuente: Bloomberg, J.P. Morgan Cross Asset Strategy. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTLOOK • MI CH AEL CEM BALEST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l coro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b port a l h er e

31

[9] Gold rally: modest so far

Gold is up ~80% from its post-financial crisis low. The next chart shows the latest gold spike and 3 prior ones: the 1930s, when Japan, Germany, the UK, the US and France in succession abandoned gold standards to

combat deflation the 1970s, after Nixon took the US off the gold standard and the Fiat Money system began the 2000s, when the Federal Reserve for the first time in its history began using negative real interest rates

as a policy tool outside of wartime

The challenge for investors: many years can elapse between gold rallies. The next chart shows the performance of gold vs a diversified portfolio of financial assets since the 1920s. Gold underperformed before WWII, but this is an artifact of fixed gold prices not comparable to today. Gold outperformed during the 1970s, but then gold bugs had to wait 22 years before reaping net portfolio benefits again. Gold outperformed from 2002 to 2012, and then another period of gold underperformance set in which is even now only on the cusp of reversing.

As illustrated in the Executive Summary, COVID stimulus eclipses all prior crises. Furthermore, money supply has surged relative to gold production, something which preceded prior gold rallies. Neither US political party appears interested in deficit reduction, and proponents of Modern Monetary Theory fuel that lack of concern further. Maybe that’s why major Central Banks became net buyers of gold again over the last 2 years after being net sellers15. So, I sympathize if you believe that gold’s outperformance is just the beginning. But be prepared: the wrong timing on a gold call can take a generation or more to reverse.

15 In Q3 of 2020, central banks became net sellers as some financially-stretched countries like Turkey raised funds to deal with the COVID pandemic. We expect this to be a temporary lull and for central banks to resume buying gold in 2021.

Fiat money era begins$10

$100

$1,000

$10,000

1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000 2020Source: Bloomberg, J.P. Morgan Cross Asset Strategy. December 29, 2020.

Great Depression:68%

Stagflation:2,333%

Fed embraces negative real rates

after tech collapse & financial crisis:

644%

Perpetualdeficits & COVID

response:79%

-200%

-100%

0%

100%

200%

300%

400%

1932 1942 1952 1962 1972 1982 1992 2002 2012

The infrequent outperformance of gold5 year rolling out (under) performance of gold vs balanced portfolio (65% stocks, 25% bonds, 10% T-Bills)

Source: A. Damodaran (NYU), Bloomberg, FRED. December 29, 2020.

GOLD

Es poco frecuente que el oro obtenga rentabilidades superioresResultados superiores (inferiores) a cinco años del oro frente a una cartera equilibrada (65% acciones, 25% bonos, 10% bonos del Tesoro)

Fuente: A Damodoran (NYU), Bloomberg, FRED. 29 de diciembre de 2020.

Page 42: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

41

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí ORO

Como comentamos en el Resumen Ejecutivo, los estímulos como respuesta al COVID han eclipsado a los de todas las crisis anteriores. Además, la oferta monetaria ha crecido en relación con la producción de oro, un dato que en el pasado ha precedido a las subidas del precio del oro. Ninguno de los principales partidos políticos estadounidenses parece interesado en reducir el déficit, y los defensores de la Teoría Monetaria Moderna alimentan aún más esta despreocupación. Tal vez esto explique por qué los principales bancos centrales se han convertido de nuevo en compradores de oro en los últimos dos años, tras un largo período como vendedores10. Por todo ello, simpatizo con ustedes si creen que los actuales buenos resultados del oro son sólo el comienzo. Sin embargo, debe estar preparado: si se equivoca a la hora de estimar cuál es el momento óptimo para comprar oro, podría tardar una generación o más en recuperarse.

Finalizamos esta sección con cuatro gráficos relacionados con el oro:1. Barry Eichengreen, de UC Berkeley, descubrió que cuanto antes abandonó cada país el patrón oro durante la Gran

Depresión, más rápidamente se recuperó; 2. Tras el colapso de las tecnológicas y la crisis financiera, la Reserva Federal adoptó una nueva estrategia: los tipos de interés

reales negativos, algo que nunca había sucedido en la historia económica de Estados Unidos fuera de tiempos de guerra; 3. La oferta de dinero en Estados Unidos ha aumentado más que la producción de oro, circunstancia que precedió a las

dos subidas del oro anteriores; 4. Las posiciones en oro como porcentaje de las reservas totales están a su nivel más alto desde el año 2002.

10 En el tercer trimestre de 2020, los bancos centrales se convirtieron en vendedores netos de oro cuando algunos países con dificultades para cubrir sus obligaciones financieras, como Turquía, quisieron obtener fondos para gestionar la pandemia del COVID. Creemos que esta situación es un respiro temporal, y que los bancos centrales volverán a comprar oro en 2021.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

31

We conclude this section with 4 gold related charts: 1. Barry Eichengreen at UC Berkeley found that the sooner a country abandoned its gold standard during the

Great Depression, the faster it recovered2. Following the tech collapse and the financial crisis, the Fed adopted a new strategy: negative real interest

rates, which had never occurred in the economic history of the US outside of wartime3. US money supply has surged relative to gold production, which preceded both prior gold rallies4. Central bank gold holdings as a % of total reserves are at their highest level since 2002

50

75

100

125

150

175

1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937

The earlier a country abandoned its gold standard, the faster its economy recovered, Index, 1929 = 100

Japan

UKGerm.

USFrance

Year of gold standard exit

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1830

1840

1850

1860

1870

1880

1890

1900

1910

1920

1930

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

CivilWar

WW I WW II

0x

5x

10x

15x

20x

25x

30x

35x

40x

45x

1966 1973 1980 1987 1994 2001 2008 2015

Growth in US money supply vs global gold productionRatio, increase in M2 relative to increase in gold production

Source: Gavekal Research. Sept 2020. Shaded regions indicate gold rallies.

2020estimate

9%

10%

11%

12%

13%

14%

-50

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Net purchases (LHS)

Holdings (RHS)

Tonnes % of total reserves

GOLD

Cuanto antes abandonó cada país el patrón oro, más rápidamente se recuperó su economía, Índice, 1929= 100

Fuente: “The Origins and Nature of the Great Slump Revisited”, Barry Eichengreen, Economic History Society, 1992.

EYE ON THE M ARKET 2 021 OUTL OOK • MI CH AEL CEM BAL EST • J .P . MOR G AN Acce s s o ur fu l l co ro nav ir u s a na ly s i s w e b po rt a l h er e

31

We conclude this section with 4 gold related charts: 1. Barry Eichengreen at UC Berkeley found that the sooner a country abandoned its gold standard during the

Great Depression, the faster it recovered2. Following the tech collapse and the financial crisis, the Fed adopted a new strategy: negative real interest

rates, which had never occurred in the economic history of the US outside of wartime3. US money supply has surged relative to gold production, which preceded both prior gold rallies4. Central bank gold holdings as a % of total reserves are at their highest level since 2002

50

75

100

125

150

175

1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937

Source: "The Origins and Nature of the Great Slump Revisited", Barry Eichengreen, Economic History Society, 1992.

The earlier a country abandoned its gold standard, the faster its economy recovered, Index, 1929 = 100

Japan

UKGerm.

USFrance

Year of gold standard exit

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1830

1840

1850

1860

1870

1880

1890

1900

1910

1920

1930

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

Source: FRB, Robert Shiller, GFD, BLS, JPMAM. November 2020.

Lowest real yields on cash since 1830, other than during wartime, T-bill/Funds rate less inflation, 5-year average

CivilWar

WW I WW II

0x

5x

10x

15x

20x

25x

30x

35x

40x

45x

1966 1973 1980 1987 1994 2001 2008 2015

Growth in US money supply vs global gold productionRatio, increase in M2 relative to increase in gold production

2020 estimate

Shaded regions indicate gold rallies

9%

10%

11%

12%

13%

14%

-50

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Net purchases (LHS)

Holdings (RHS)

Global central bank gold purchases and holdings Tonnes % of total reserves

Source: World Gold Council. Q3 2020.

GOLD

Crecimiento de la oferta monetaria estadounidense v. producción global de oro, ratio, incremento de M2 relativo a incremento de producción de oro

Fuente: Gavekal Research. Septiembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

31

We conclude this section with 4 gold related charts: 1. Barry Eichengreen at UC Berkeley found that the sooner a country abandoned its gold standard during the

Great Depression, the faster it recovered2. Following the tech collapse and the financial crisis, the Fed adopted a new strategy: negative real interest

rates, which had never occurred in the economic history of the US outside of wartime3. US money supply has surged relative to gold production, which preceded both prior gold rallies4. Central bank gold holdings as a % of total reserves are at their highest level since 2002

50

75

100

125

150

175

1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937

The earlier a country abandoned its gold standard, the faster its economy recovered, Index, 1929 = 100

Japan

UKGerm.

USFrance

Year of gold standard exit

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1830

1840

1850

1860

1870

1880

1890

1900

1910

1920

1930

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

CivilWar

WW I WW II

0x

5x

10x

15x

20x

25x

30x

35x

40x

45x

1966 1973 1980 1987 1994 2001 2008 2015

Growth in US money supply vs global gold productionRatio, increase in M2 relative to increase in gold production

Source: Gavekal Research. Sept 2020. Shaded regions indicate gold rallies.

2020estimate

9%

10%

11%

12%

13%

14%

-50

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Net purchases (LHS)

Holdings (RHS)

Tonnes % of total reserves

GOLD

Compras y posiciones en oro de bancos centrales a nivel globalToneladas % de reservas totales

Fuente: Consejo Mundial del Oro. Tercer trimestre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

31

We conclude this section with 4 gold related charts: 1. Barry Eichengreen at UC Berkeley found that the sooner a country abandoned its gold standard during the

Great Depression, the faster it recovered2. Following the tech collapse and the financial crisis, the Fed adopted a new strategy: negative real interest

rates, which had never occurred in the economic history of the US outside of wartime3. US money supply has surged relative to gold production, which preceded both prior gold rallies4. Central bank gold holdings as a % of total reserves are at their highest level since 2002

50

75

100

125

150

175

1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937

The earlier a country abandoned its gold standard, the faster its economy recovered, Index, 1929 = 100

Japan

UKGerm.

USFrance

Year of gold standard exit

-10%

-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1830

1840

1850

1860

1870

1880

1890

1900

1910

1920

1930

1940

1950

1960

1970

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

CivilWar

WW I WW II

0x

5x

10x

15x

20x

25x

30x

35x

40x

45x

1966 1973 1980 1987 1994 2001 2008 2015

Growth in US money supply vs global gold productionRatio, increase in M2 relative to increase in gold production

Source: Gavekal Research. Sept 2020. Shaded regions indicate gold rallies.

2020estimate

9%

10%

11%

12%

13%

14%

-50

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

2010 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Net purchases (LHS)

Holdings (RHS)

Tonnes % of total reserves

GOLD

Rendimiento real de la liquidez más bajo desde 1830, salvo en tiempos de guerra, bono del Tesoro/tipo de intervención menos inflación, media a cinco años

Fuente: Junta de la Reserva Federal, Robert Shiller, GFD, Oficina de Estadísticas Laborales, J.P. Morgan Asset Management. Noviembre de 2020.

Page 43: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

42

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquíDEUDA FEDER AL EEUU

[10] El aumento de la deuda federal estadounidense probablemente sea permanente

¿Qué se necesitaría para que la deuda federal estadounidense volviera a los niveles pre-pandemia del 80% en 2030? Hemos trabajado con el Comité para un Presupuesto Federal Responsable para averiguarlo. A continuación, les presentamos las respuestas, que se excluyen mutuamente, y que también se muestran en los gráficos:• Aprobar las mayores subidas de impuestos de la historia de Estados Unidos; • Recortar el gasto al nivel más bajo de los últimos 80 años; • Generar de alguna forma un boom del crecimiento del PIB real que no se ha visto en Estados Unidos desde hace 50 años; • Impulsar una subida de la inflación (que no debería ser tan alta como para provocar un aumento de los tipos de

interés reales, ralentizar el crecimiento u obligar a los creadores de políticas a aprobar gasto público adicional para compensar la subida de los precios).

Dado que la mayoría de estas soluciones no son factibles desde un punto de vista político ni económico, Estados Unidos va a tener que acostumbrarse a niveles de deuda permanentemente altos. Entiendo el motivo de los estímulos provocados por el COVID: como sostienen la demanda del sector privado, sus beneficios superan sus costes para la economía, al menos por ahora. Sin embargo, los experimentos sin precedentes pueden tener consecuencias sin precedentes y, en el futuro, se verá mermada la flexibilidad que tiene Estados Unidos para responder ante emergencias geopolíticas, climáticas y de otro tipo.

¿Que se necesitaría para hacer que la deuda federal estadounidense volviera a bajar a los niveles previos a la pandemia en 2030? Siga las líneas rojas.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

32

[10] US Federal debt increase is probably permanent

What would it take to get US Federal debt back down to pre-virus levels of 80% by 2020? We worked with the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget to find out. Here are the mutually exclusive answers, which are also illustrated in the charts: Enact the largest tax hikes in US history Slash spending to the lowest level in 80 years Somehow generate a GDP growth boom last seen in the US 50 years ago Spark higher inflation (but not so high that it would increase real interest rates, slow growth or lead

policymakers to enact additional spending to compensate for higher prices)Since most of this is not politically or economically feasible, the US will have to get used to permanently high debt levels. I understand COVID stimulus: by sustaining private sector demand, benefits outweigh costs to the economy, at least for now. But unprecedented experiments can have unprecedented consequences, and down the road, US flexibility to respond to geopolitical, climate and other emergencies will be impaired.

What would be needed to bring US Federal debt back to pre-virus levels by 2030?

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

1935 1945 1955 1965 1975 1985 1995 2005 2015 2025

Raise tax revenues to their highest levels on recordTax revenue as a % of GDP

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030

Cut spending to pre-WWII levelsGovernment spending as a % of GDP

Source: OMB (history), CRFB (projections). 2020.

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

1936 1946 1956 1966 1976 1986 1996 2006 2016 2026-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017 2027

Generate higher inflation...but not too highy/y% change in headline CPI

US FEDERAL DEBT

Subir los ingresos fiscales a sus niveles más altos de la historiaIngresos fiscales como porcentaje del PIB

Fuente: Oficina de Gestión y Presupuesto (histórico), Comité para un Presupuesto Federal Responsable (proyecciones). 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

32

[10] US Federal debt increase is probably permanent

What would it take to get US Federal debt back down to pre-virus levels of 80% by 2020? We worked with the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget to find out. Here are the mutually exclusive answers, which are also illustrated in the charts: Enact the largest tax hikes in US history Slash spending to the lowest level in 80 years Somehow generate a GDP growth boom last seen in the US 50 years ago Spark higher inflation (but not so high that it would increase real interest rates, slow growth or lead

policymakers to enact additional spending to compensate for higher prices)Since most of this is not politically or economically feasible, the US will have to get used to permanently high debt levels. I understand COVID stimulus: by sustaining private sector demand, benefits outweigh costs to the economy, at least for now. But unprecedented experiments can have unprecedented consequences, and down the road, US flexibility to respond to geopolitical, climate and other emergencies will be impaired.

What would be needed to bring US Federal debt back to pre-virus levels by 2030?

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

1935 1945 1955 1965 1975 1985 1995 2005 2015 2025

Raise tax revenues to their highest levels on recordTax revenue as a % of GDP

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030

Cut spending to pre-WWII levelsGovernment spending as a % of GDP

Source: OMB (history), CRFB (projections). 2020.

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

1936 1946 1956 1966 1976 1986 1996 2006 2016 2026-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017 2027

Generate higher inflation...but not too highy/y% change in headline CPI

US FEDERAL DEBT

Reproducir el boom de crecimiento de los años 60Cambio porcentual interanual del PIB real, a cinco años anualizado

Fuente: Oficina de Análisis Económico (histórico), Comité para un Presupuesto Federal Responsable (proyecciones). J.P. Morgan Asset Management. 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

32

[10] US Federal debt increase is probably permanent

What would it take to get US Federal debt back down to pre-virus levels of 80% by 2020? We worked with the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget to find out. Here are the mutually exclusive answers, which are also illustrated in the charts: Enact the largest tax hikes in US history Slash spending to the lowest level in 80 years Somehow generate a GDP growth boom last seen in the US 50 years ago Spark higher inflation (but not so high that it would increase real interest rates, slow growth or lead

policymakers to enact additional spending to compensate for higher prices)Since most of this is not politically or economically feasible, the US will have to get used to permanently high debt levels. I understand COVID stimulus: by sustaining private sector demand, benefits outweigh costs to the economy, at least for now. But unprecedented experiments can have unprecedented consequences, and down the road, US flexibility to respond to geopolitical, climate and other emergencies will be impaired.

What would be needed to bring US Federal debt back to pre-virus levels by 2030?

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

1935 1945 1955 1965 1975 1985 1995 2005 2015 2025

Raise tax revenues to their highest levels on recordTax revenue as a % of GDP

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030

Cut spending to pre-WWII levelsGovernment spending as a % of GDP

Source: OMB (history), CRFB (projections). 2020.

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

1936 1946 1956 1966 1976 1986 1996 2006 2016 2026-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017 2027

Generate higher inflation...but not too highy/y% change in headline CPI

US FEDERAL DEBT

Generar más inflación… pero no demasiadaCambio porcentual interanual en IPC general

Fuente: Oficina de Estadísticas Laborales (histórico), Comité para un Presupuesto Federal Responsable (proyecciones). 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL CEMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN A cces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

32

[10] US Federal debt increase is probably permanent

What would it take to get US Federal debt back down to pre-virus levels of 80% by 2020? We worked with the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget to find out. Here are the mutually exclusive answers, which are also illustrated in the charts: Enact the largest tax hikes in US history Slash spending to the lowest level in 80 years Somehow generate a GDP growth boom last seen in the US 50 years ago Spark higher inflation (but not so high that it would increase real interest rates, slow growth or lead

policymakers to enact additional spending to compensate for higher prices)Since most of this is not politically or economically feasible, the US will have to get used to permanently high debt levels. I understand COVID stimulus: by sustaining private sector demand, benefits outweigh costs to the economy, at least for now. But unprecedented experiments can have unprecedented consequences, and down the road, US flexibility to respond to geopolitical, climate and other emergencies will be impaired.

What would be needed to bring US Federal debt back to pre-virus levels by 2030?

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

1935 1945 1955 1965 1975 1985 1995 2005 2015 2025

Raise tax revenues to their highest levels on recordTax revenue as a % of GDP

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030

Cut spending to pre-WWII levelsGovernment spending as a % of GDP

Source: OMB (history), CRFB (projections). 2020.

-6%

-4%

-2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

1936 1946 1956 1966 1976 1986 1996 2006 2016 2026-5%

0%

5%

10%

15%

1937 1947 1957 1967 1977 1987 1997 2007 2017 2027

Generate higher inflation...but not too highy/y% change in headline CPI

US FEDERAL DEBT

Recortar el gasto público a niveles de antes de la Segunda Guerra MundialGasto público como porcentaje del PIB

Fuente: Oficina de Gestión y Presupuesto (histórico), Comité para un Presupuesto Federal Responsable (proyecciones). 2020.

Page 44: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

43

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí DEUDA FEDER AL EEUU

Los últimos gráficos probablemente no afecten a los mercados a corto plazo, pero me hacen sentir agradecido de estar más cerca del final de mi carrera que del principio. No va a ser agradable dedicarse a la estrategia de inversión cuando tengan que afrontarse las consecuencias de estos gráficos, si es que llega ese momento.

Mientras que el primer gráfico, el gráfico típico, muestra la deuda federal relativa al PIB, el segundo muestra la deuda federal en términos reales por cada persona en edad de trabajar, dado que ésa será la fuente de los ingresos fiscales que deberán dar servicio a esta deuda. Este gráfico recoge el efecto del empeoramiento de los parámetros demográficos en la carga de deuda, además de la fuerte subida de la propia deuda. Si alguien argumenta que situaciones como ésta provocaron la caída de la condición de divisa de reserva de otras naciones, no lo rebatiré.

Por último, les presento el calendario histórico de las divisas reserva, o divisas dominantes en el comercio (las fechas son una aproximación):• Roma: Siglo I a. C.– Siglo IV d. C.• Imperio bizantino: Siglo V• Dinar árabe: Siglos VII a X• Florencia: Siglos XIII a XV• Portugal: 1450 a 1530• España: 1530 a 1640• Países Bajos: 1640 a 1720• Francia: 1720 a 1815• Reino Unido: 1815 a 1920• Estados Unidos: 1920 -

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

33

The last charts this year probably won’t impact markets anytime soon, but they do make me thankful that I’m closer to the end of my career than the beginning. It would not be pleasant to be an investment strategist when/if the consequences of these charts have to be dealt with.

While the typical chart shows Federal debt relative to GDP, the second one shows Federal debt in real terms per working age person, since that’s the source of tax revenue that will eventually service the debt. This chart picks up the impact of demographics on the debt burden in addition to the surge in the debt itself. If someone wants to argue that this kind of thing led to the end of prior reserve currency nations, I would not stop them.

A timeline of reserve currencies or dominant trade currencies (years are approximate): Rome: 1st century BC – 4th century AD Byzantine empire coins: 5th century Arabian Dinar: 7th to 10th centuries Florence: 13th to 15th centuries Portugal: 1450 to 1530 Iberian Union: 1530 to 1640 Netherlands: 1640 to 1720 France: 1720 to 1815 UK: 1815 to 1920 US: 1920 -

2021E2020E

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Gross federal debt held by the public % of US GDP

2020E2021E

$0

$10,000

$20,000

$30,000

$40,000

$50,000

$60,000

$70,000

$80,000

$90,000

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Gross federal debt held by the public2012 dollars, debt per working-age person

US Dollars61.3%Euro

20.3%

2.0%5.7%

4.5%1.7%

1.9% 0.2% 2.5% US Dollars

Euro

Chinese Renminbi

Japanese Yen

Pounds Sterling

Australian Dollars

Canadian Dollars

Swiss Francs

Other currencies

US FEDERAL DEBT

Deuda federal bruta en manos del público% del PIB de Estados Unidos

Fuente: Oficina Presupuestaria del Congreso. Septiembre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

33

The last charts this year probably won’t impact markets anytime soon, but they do make me thankful that I’m closer to the end of my career than the beginning. It would not be pleasant to be an investment strategist when/if the consequences of these charts have to be dealt with.

While the typical chart shows Federal debt relative to GDP, the second one shows Federal debt in real terms per working age person, since that’s the source of tax revenue that will eventually service the debt. This chart picks up the impact of demographics on the debt burden in addition to the surge in the debt itself. If someone wants to argue that this kind of thing led to the end of prior reserve currency nations, I would not stop them.

A timeline of reserve currencies or dominant trade currencies (years are approximate): Rome: 1st century BC – 4th century AD Byzantine empire coins: 5th century Arabian Dinar: 7th to 10th centuries Florence: 13th to 15th centuries Portugal: 1450 to 1530 Iberian Union: 1530 to 1640 Netherlands: 1640 to 1720 France: 1720 to 1815 UK: 1815 to 1920 US: 1920 -

2021E2020E

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Gross federal debt held by the public % of US GDP

2020E2021E

$0

$10,000

$20,000

$30,000

$40,000

$50,000

$60,000

$70,000

$80,000

$90,000

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Gross federal debt held by the public2012 dollars, debt per working-age person

US Dollars61.3%Euro

20.3%

2.0%5.7%

4.5%1.7%

1.9% 0.2% 2.5% US Dollars

Euro

Chinese Renminbi

Japanese Yen

Pounds Sterling

Australian Dollars

Canadian Dollars

Swiss Francs

Other currencies

US FEDERAL DEBT

Composición de reservas de divisas de los paísesNivel de reservas como porcentaje de reservas totales

Fuente: FMI. Segundo trimestre de 2020.

EYE ON THE MARKET 2021 OUTLOOK • MI CHA EL C EMB ALES T • J .P . MORGAN Acces s ou r fu l l coron av i ru s an a lys is we b p orta l he re

33

The last charts this year probably won’t impact markets anytime soon, but they do make me thankful that I’m closer to the end of my career than the beginning. It would not be pleasant to be an investment strategist when/if the consequences of these charts have to be dealt with.

While the typical chart shows Federal debt relative to GDP, the second one shows Federal debt in real terms per working age person, since that’s the source of tax revenue that will eventually service the debt. This chart picks up the impact of demographics on the debt burden in addition to the surge in the debt itself. If someone wants to argue that this kind of thing led to the end of prior reserve currency nations, I would not stop them.

A timeline of reserve currencies or dominant trade currencies (years are approximate): Rome: 1st century BC – 4th century AD Byzantine empire coins: 5th century Arabian Dinar: 7th to 10th centuries Florence: 13th to 15th centuries Portugal: 1450 to 1530 Iberian Union: 1530 to 1640 Netherlands: 1640 to 1720 France: 1720 to 1815 UK: 1815 to 1920 US: 1920 -

2021E2020E

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

120%

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Gross federal debt held by the public % of US GDP

2020E2021E

$0

$10,000

$20,000

$30,000

$40,000

$50,000

$60,000

$70,000

$80,000

$90,000

1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2020

Gross federal debt held by the public2012 dollars, debt per working-age person

US Dollars61.3%Euro

20.3%

2.0%5.7%

4.5%1.7%

1.9% 0.2% 2.5% US Dollars

Euro

Chinese Renminbi

Japanese Yen

Pounds Sterling

Australian Dollars

Canadian Dollars

Swiss Francs

Other currencies

US FEDERAL DEBT

Deuda federal bruta en manos del públicoDólares de 2012, deuda por persona en edad laboral

Fuente: Censo, Oficina Presupuestaria del Congreso, Oficina de Análisis Económico, Comité por un Presupuesto Federal Responsable. 2020.

Page 45: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

44

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí

MICHAEL CEMBALEST es Presidente de Estrategia de Mercados y de Inversión del negocio de J.P. Morgan Asset & Wealth Management, líder mundial en los negocios de Gestión de Inversiones y Banca Privada, que supervisa la gestión de 2,6 billones de dólares de activos de clientes en todo el mundo (a 30/09/2020). Es responsable del desarrollo de las opiniones estratégicas relativas a mercados e inversiones en los negocios de Banca Institucional, Gestión de Fondos y Banca Privada de la organización.

También es miembro del Comité de Inversión de J.P. Morgan Asset Management y del comité de inversión del Plan de Pensiones de J.P. Morgan para los 256.000 empleados del banco.

Hasta hace poco, Cembalest era Director de Inversiones de la División de Banca Privada a nivel global, cargo que desempeñó durante ocho años. Anteriormente fue responsable de una división de renta fija de J.P. Morgan Investment Management, con responsabilidad sobre bonos high grade, high yield, de mercados emergentes y municipales.

Antes de incorporarse a la división de Asset Management, Cembalest fue responsable de estrategia de renta fija para mercados emergentes en J.P. Morgan Securities. Cembalest comenzó su carrera en J.P. Morgan en 1987 como miembro de la división de Corporate Finance.

Page 46: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

45

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí

Consideramos que la información que se recoge en este documento es fiable; sin embargo, no garantizamos que sea completa o exacta. Las opiniones, las estimaciones, las estrategias y las perspectivas de inversión que se expresan en este documento representan nuestra visión a partir de la situación actual del mercado y están sujetas a cambios sin previo aviso.

CONSIDERACIONES SOBRE RIESGOS• Las rentabilidades pasadas no son un indicador fiable de resultados futuros. No es posible invertir directamente en un índice.• Los precios y las tasas de rentabilidad son indicativos, ya que pueden variar con el tiempo en función de las condiciones del

mercado.• Existen otras consideraciones sobre riesgos para todas las estrategias.• La información que aquí se incluye no pretende ser una recomendación, ni una oferta, ni una solicitud de compra o venta de

ningún producto o servicio de inversión.• Las opiniones que aquí se manifiestan pueden diferir de las expresadas por otras áreas de J.P. Morgan. Este documento no debe

considerarse un análisis de inversión ni un informe de análisis de inversión de J.P. Morgan.

INFORMACIÓN IMPORTANTE

El presente documento tiene como único fin informarle sobre determinados productos y servicios que ofrecen las divisiones de gestión de patrimonios de J.P. Morgan, integrantes de JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPM”). Los productos y servicios descritos, así como las comisiones, los gastos y los tipos de interés asociados, pueden sufrir modificaciones de acuerdo con los contratos de cuenta aplicables, además de diferir entre ámbitos geográficos. No todos los productos y servicios se ofrecen en todas las regiones. Lea íntegramente toda esta sección de información importante.

RIESGOS Y CONSIDERACIONES GENERALESLas opiniones, las estrategias y los productos que se describen en este documento pueden no ser adecuados para todas las personas y comportan riesgos. Los inversores podrían recuperar menos del importe invertido, y la rentabilidad histórica no es un indicador fiable de resultados futuros. La distribución / diversificación de activos no garantiza beneficios o protección contra pérdidas. Nada de lo incluido en este documento debe utilizarse como único elemento de juicio para tomar una decisión de inversión. Se le insta a analizar minuciosamente si los servicios, los productos, las clases de activos (por ejemplo, renta variable, renta fija, inversiones alterativas y materias primas) o las estrategias que se abordan resultan adecuados en vista de sus necesidades. También debe tener en cuenta los objetivos, los riesgos, las comisiones y los gastos asociados al servicio, el producto o la estrategia de inversión antes de tomar una decisión de inversión. Para ello y para obtener información más completa, así como para abordar sus objetivos y su situación, póngase en contacto con su equipo de J.P. Morgan.

FIABILIDAD DE LA INFORMACIÓN AQUÍ INCLUIDA Ciertos datos incluidos en este documento se consideran fiables; sin embargo, JPM no declara ni garantiza su precisión, su fiabilidad o su integridad y excluye cualquier responsabilidad por pérdidas o daños (directos o indirectos) derivados de la utilización, total o parcial, del presente documento. JPM no formula declaraciones o garantías con respecto a los cálculos, los gráficos, las tablas, los diagramas o los comentarios que pueda contener este documento, cuya finalidad es meramente ilustrativa/orientativa. Las perspectivas, las opiniones, las estimaciones y las estrategias que se abordan en este documento constituyen nuestro juicio con base en las condiciones actuales del mercado y pueden cambiar sin previo aviso. JPM no asume obligación alguna de actualizar la información que se recoge en este documento en caso de que se produzcan cambios en ella. Las perspectivas, las opiniones, las estimaciones y las estrategias que aquí se abordan pueden diferir de las expresadas por otras áreas de JPM y de las opiniones expresadas con otros propósitos o en otros contextos; este documento no debe considerarse un informe de análisis. Los resultados y riesgos proyectados se basan únicamente en los ejemplos hipotéticos citados, y los resultados y riesgos reales variarán según las circunstancias específicas. Las declaraciones prospectivas no deben considerarse como garantías o predicciones de eventos futuros.

Nada de lo indicado en este documento se entenderá que da lugar a obligación fiduciaria o relación de asesoramiento alguna hacia usted o un tercero. Nada de lo indicado en este documento debe ser considerado como una oferta, invitación, recomendación o asesoramiento (ya sea financiero, contable, jurídico, fiscal o de otro tipo) por parte de J.P. Morgan y/o sus equipos o empleados, con independencia de que dicha comunicación haya sido facilitada a petición suya o no. J.P. Morgan y sus filiales y empleados no prestan servicios de asesoramiento fiscal, jurídico o contable. Consulte a sus propios asesores fiscales, jurídicos y contables antes de realizar operaciones financieras. INFORMACIÓN IMPORTANTE ACERCA DE SUS INVERSIONES Y POSIBLES CONFLICTOS DE INTERESESSurgirán conflictos de interés cuando JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. o cualquiera de sus filiales (conjuntamente, “J.P. Morgan”) tengan un incentivo real o supuesto, de índole económica o de otro tipo, en la gestión de las carteras de nuestros clientes para actuar de un modo que beneficie a J.P. Morgan. Surgirán conflictos, por ejemplo (en la medida en que las siguientes actividades estén autorizadas en su cuenta): (1) cuando J.P. Morgan invierta en un producto de inversión, como un fondo de inversión, un producto estructurado, una cuenta de gestión discrecional o un hedge fund, emitido o gestionado por JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. o una filial, como J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.; (2) cuando una entidad de J.P. Morgan obtenga servicios, incluidas la ejecución y la compensación de operaciones, de una filial; (3) cuando J.P. Morgan reciba un pago como resultado de la compra de un producto de inversión por cuenta de un cliente; o (4) cuando J.P. Morgan reciba un pago por la prestación de servicios (incluidos servicios a accionistas, mantenimiento de registros o custodia) con respecto a productos de inversión adquiridos para la cartera de un cliente. Otros conflictos surgirán por las relaciones que J.P. Morgan mantenga con otros clientes o cuando J.P. Morgan actúe por cuenta propia.

Las estrategias de inversión se seleccionan entre las de los gestores de J.P. Morgan y las de otros gestores de activos, y son objeto de un proceso de revisión por nuestros equipos de análisis. De ese grupo de estrategias, nuestros equipos de elaboración de carteras seleccionan aquellas que consideramos adecuadas conforme a nuestros objetivos de asignación de activos y previsiones a fin de cumplir los objetivos de inversión de la cartera.

Con carácter general, preferimos las estrategias de inversión gestionadas por J.P. Morgan. Esperamos que el porcentaje de estrategias gestionadas por J.P. Morgan sea alto (de hecho, hasta de un 100%) en estrategias como, por ejemplo, de liquidez y renta fija de alta calidad, sujeto a la legislación vigente y a cualesquiera consideraciones específicas de la cuenta.

Si bien nuestras estrategias de gestión interna suelen estar bien alineadas con nuestras previsiones y estamos familiarizados con los procesos de inversión y con la filosofía de riesgos y cumplimiento de la firma, debemos señalar que J.P. Morgan percibe en conjunto más comisiones cuando se incluyen estrategias gestionadas internamente. Ofrecemos la opción de excluir estrategias gestionadas por J.P. Morgan (que no sean productos de efectivo y liquidez) en determinadas carteras.

Page 47: Eye on the Market – Perspectivas 2021 · 2021. 1. 20. · Nuestro artículo de Perspectivas para el 2021 analiza estos temas, y realiza un análisis en profundidad sobre China,

46

EYE ON THE MARKET - PERSPEC TIVAS 2021 • MICHAEL CEMBALEST • J .P. MORGANAcceda a nuestro portal web de análisis sobre el coronavirus haciendo clic aquí

Los fondos Six Circles son fondos de inversión inscritos en Estados Unidos gestionados por J.P. Morgan y, a su vez, cuya gestión se ha delegado en terceros. Aunque se consideran estrategias gestionadas a escala interna, JPMC no cobra comisiones por gestionar los fondos o prestar otros servicios conexos.

PERSONAS JURÍDICAS, MARCAS E INFORMACIÓN REGULATORIAEn Luxemburgo, este documento lo emite J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. (JPMBL), con domicilio social en European Bank and Business Centre, 6 route de Trèves, L-2633, Senningerberg (Luxemburgo). Inscrita en el Registro mercantil de Luxemburgo con el número B10.958. Autorizada y regulada por la Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) y supervisada conjuntamente por el Banco Central Europeo (BCE) y la CSSF. J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. se encuentra autorizada como entidad de crédito de acuerdo con la Ley de 5 de abril de 1993. En el Reino Unido, este documento lo emite J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., London Branch, con domicilio social en el 25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf, Londres E14 5JP. Autorizada y regulada por la Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) y supervisada conjuntamente por el Banco Central Europeo (BCE) y la CSSF. Autorizada por la Prudential Regulation Authority. Sujeta a la regulación de la Financial Conduct Authority y a la regulación limitada del Prudential Regulation Authority. Los detalles del Régimen de Licencias Temporales, que permiten a las entidades domiciliadas en el Espacio Económico Europeo operar temporalmente en el Reino Unidomientras solicitan la autorización completa están disponibles en la página web de la Financial Conduct Authority. En España, este documento lo distribuye J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., Sucursal en España, con domicilio social en Paseo de la Castellana, 31, 28046 Madrid (España). J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., Sucursal en España se encuentra inscrita con el número 1516 en el registro administrativo del Banco de España y supervisada por la Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores (CNMV). En Alemania, este documento lo distribuye J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., Frankfurt Branch, con domicilio social en Taunustor 1 (TaunusTurm), 60310 Frankfurt (Alemania), supervisada conjuntamente por la Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) y el Banco Central Europeo (BCE), supervisada asimismo en determinadas áreas por la Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (BaFin). En Italia, este documento lo distribuye J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., Milan Branch, con domicilio social en Via Cordusio 3, Milán 20123 (Italia) y regulada por el Banco de Italia y la Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (CONSOB). En Paises Bajos este documento lo distribuye J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., Amsterdam Branch, con domicilio social en World Trade Centre, Torre B, Strawinskylaan 1135, 1077 XX, Amsterdam, Paises Bajos. J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., Amsterdam Branch está autorizada y regulada por la Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) y supervisada conjuntamente por el Banco Central Europeo y la CSSF en Luxembourg; J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., Amsterdam Branch está también autorizada y supervisada por De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB) y la Autoriteit Financiële Markten (AFM) en Paises Bajos. Se encuentra registrada ante la Kamer van Koophandel como sucursal de J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. con el número 71651845. En Dinamarca este document lo distribuye J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg, Copenhagen Br, sucursal de J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. con domicilio social en Kalvebod Brygge 39-41, 1560 København V, Dinamarca. J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg, Copenhagen Br, sucursal de J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. está autorizada y regulada por la Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) y conjuntamente supervisada por el Banco Central Europeo y la CSSF. J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg, Copenhagen Br, sucursal de J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. está también supervisada por la Finanstilsynet (FSA Danesa) y registrada con la Finanstilsynet como una sucursal de J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. bajo el código 29009. En Suecia, este material lo distribuye J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. - Stockholm Bankfilial, con domicilio social en Hamngatan 15, Stockholm, 11147, Suecia. J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. - Stockholm Bankfilial está autorizada y regulada por la Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) y supervisada conjuntamente por el Banco Central Europeo y la CSSF. J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A., Stockholm Branch está también sujeta a la supervison de Finansinspektionen (FSA Sueca). Está registrada con la Finansinspektionen como una sucursal de J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A.. En Francia este documento también puede distribuirlo JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMCB”), Paris Branch, regulada por las autoridades bancarias francesas (Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution y Autorité des Marchés Financiers) En Suiza este documento lo distribuye J.P. Morgan (Suiza) SA, regulada en Suiza por la Autoridad Supervisora del Mercado Financiero de Suiza (FINMA).

Con respecto a los países de América Latina, la distribución de este documento puede estar restringida en ciertas jurisdicciones. Es posible que le ofrezcamos y/o le vendamos valores u otros instrumentos financieros que no puedan registrarse y no sean objeto de una oferta pública en virtud de la legislación de valores u otras normativas financieras vigentes en su país de origen. Tales valores o instrumentos se le ofrecen y/o venden exclusivamente de forma privada. Las comunicaciones que le enviemos con respecto a dichos valores o instrumentos —incluidos, entre otros, un folleto, un pliego de condiciones u otro documento de oferta— no tienen como fin constituir oferta de venta o invitación para comprar valores o instrumentos en ninguna jurisdicción en que dichas oferta o invitación sean ilegales. Además, la transferencia posterior por su parte de dichos valores o instrumentos puede estar sujeta a ciertas restricciones regulatorias y/o contractuales, siendo usted el único responsable de verificarlas y cumplirlas. En la medida en que el contenido de este documento haga referencia a un fondo, el fondo no podrá ofrecerse públicamente en ningún país de América Latina sin antes registrar los títulos del fondo de acuerdo con las leyes de la jurisdicción correspondiente. Queda terminantemente prohibida la oferta pública de cualquier título, incluidas las participaciones del fondo, que no se haya registrado previamente ante la Comisión de Valores y Mercados (CVM) de Brasil. Es posible que las plataformas de Brasil y de México no ofrezcan actualmente algunos de los productos o servicios incluidos en este documento.

Las referencias a “J.P. Morgan” remiten a JPM, sus sociedades dependientes y sus filiales de todo el mundo. “J.P. Morgan Private Bank” es el nombre comercial de la división de banca privada de JPM.

Este documento tiene como fin su uso personal y no debe distribuirse a, ni ser utilizado por, otras personas, ni ser copiado para fines no personales sin nuestro permiso. Si tiene alguna pregunta o no desea continuar recibiendo estas comunicaciones, no dude en ponerse en contacto con su equipo de J.P. Morgan. © 2021 JPMorgan Chase & Co. Todos los derechos reservados.